WO2014039682A1 - Antibody formulations and uses thereof - Google Patents

Antibody formulations and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014039682A1
WO2014039682A1 PCT/US2013/058265 US2013058265W WO2014039682A1 WO 2014039682 A1 WO2014039682 A1 WO 2014039682A1 US 2013058265 W US2013058265 W US 2013058265W WO 2014039682 A1 WO2014039682 A1 WO 2014039682A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fold
formulation
antibody
seq
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2013/058265
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Suzanne Benedict
Mark Cornell MANNING
Brian M. MURPHY
Sharon REAL
Charles Theuer
Original Assignee
Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to UAA201501709A priority Critical patent/UA115789C2/en
Priority to EP13834890.9A priority patent/EP2892559A4/en
Priority to CA2883343A priority patent/CA2883343A1/en
Priority to MX2015002840A priority patent/MX368996B/en
Priority to AU2013312536A priority patent/AU2013312536B2/en
Priority to CN201380046405.2A priority patent/CN104684580A/en
Priority to SG11201501659SA priority patent/SG11201501659SA/en
Priority to US14/421,108 priority patent/US10195281B2/en
Priority to KR1020187001035A priority patent/KR20180007014A/en
Priority to EA201590412A priority patent/EA029214B1/en
Application filed by Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to JP2015531196A priority patent/JP2015532657A/en
Priority to KR1020157008487A priority patent/KR101820582B1/en
Priority to NZ705109A priority patent/NZ705109A/en
Priority to BR112015004875A priority patent/BR112015004875A2/en
Publication of WO2014039682A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014039682A1/en
Priority to IL237287A priority patent/IL237287A0/en
Priority to PH12015500480A priority patent/PH12015500480B1/en
Priority to HK15111622.6A priority patent/HK1210714A1/en
Priority to AU2018204044A priority patent/AU2018204044A1/en
Priority to US16/034,658 priority patent/US20180311359A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/22—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. ascorbic acid, tocopherol or pyrrolidones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/10—Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/12—Carboxylic acids; Salts or anhydrides thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/26—Carbohydrates, e.g. sugar alcohols, amino sugars, nucleic acids, mono-, di- or oligo-saccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates, sorbitan fatty acid esters or glycyrrhizin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0048—Eye, e.g. artificial tears
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2896—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against molecules with a "CD"-designation, not provided for elsewhere
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/16—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
    • A61K47/18—Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
    • A61K47/183—Amino acids, e.g. glycine, EDTA or aspartame
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/08—Solutions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]

Definitions

  • Cancer is the second leading cause of human death next to coronary disease. Worldwide, millions of people die from cancer every year. In the United States alone, cancer causes the death of well over a half-million people each year, with some 1.4 million new cases diagnosed per year. While deaths from heart disease have been declining significantly, those resulting from cancer generally are on the rise. In many countries, cancer is already the leading cause of death.
  • Cancer is a complex disease characterized by genetic mutations that lead to uncontrolled cell growth. Cancerous cells are present in all organisms and under normal circumstances their excessive growth is tightly regulated by various physiological factors.
  • Angiogenesis is the physiological process by which new blood vessels develop from preexisting vessels. Angiogenesis has been suggested to play a role in both normal and pathological processes. For example, angiogenic processes are involved in the development of the vascular systems of animal organs and tissues.
  • angiogenesis is stimulated as a means to provide adequate blood and nutrient supply to the cells within affected tissue.
  • Many of these pathological conditions involve aberrant cell proliferation and/or regulation. Solid cancers and exudative macular degeneration depend upon the recruitment of a new blood supply for continued growth as well as metastasis.
  • formulations of anti-CD 105 antibodies pre-filled syringes containing the formulations, and the use of such formulations for treating angio genesis -related disorders.
  • the present application provides formulations that may be used for intravenous or intraocular administration of, for example, treatment of cancers associated with CD 105 and ophthalmologic conditions.
  • a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
  • the formulation is stable following preparation, which can be tested according to conventional means.
  • at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be present as a monomer following storage at about 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
  • the buffering agent of such formulations is histidine or phosphate buffered saline.
  • at least 90% of the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be present as a monomer following storage at about 25° C for at least about 6 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
  • the buffering agent of such formulations is acetate.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may display from about 50 to about 150% binding by a CD 105 ELISA binding assay after storage at about 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months.
  • the average isoelectric point (pi) of the anti-CD105 antibody may be from about 8.7 to about 9.2 after storage at 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months, as measured by, for example, capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be stable for at least about 12 months, at least about 18 months, at least about 24 months, at least about 30 months, at least about 36 months, or more.
  • a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC following freezing and thawing cycles of the formulation.
  • a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC when subjected to agitation stress.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody may comprise any sequence that of CDRs that are capable of binding to CD 105.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (V L ) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1; a light chain constant region (C L ) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (V H ) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4 (See, e.g., Fig. 1).
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a V L CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a V L CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a V L CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a V H CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a V H CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a V H CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
  • An isolated humanized, de-immunized anti-CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16.
  • Other non- limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23. The sequences are provided below in Example 17.
  • the formulation may contain from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or any value therein including, but not limited to, about 2 mg/ml, about 5 mg/ml, about 7.5 mg/ml, about 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, about 25 mg/ml, about 30 mg/ml, about 35 mg/ml, about 40 mg/ml, about 45 mg/ml, about 50 mg/ml, about 55 mg/ml, about 60 mg/ml, about 65 mg/ml, about 70 mg/ml, about 75 mg/ml, about 80 mg/ml, about 85 mg/ml, about 90 mg/ml, about 95 mg/ml, about 100 mg/ml, about 105 mg/ml, about 110 mg/ml, about 115 mg/ml, about 120 mg/ml, about 125 mg/ml, about 130 mg/ml, about 135 mg/ml, about 140 mg
  • the formulation comprises about 25 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the formulation comprises about 50 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. [0022] In yet another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 100 mg/ml of the anti- CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • Formulations as described herein may contain a buffering agent such as, for example, histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate.
  • the formulation comprises about 5 mM, about 7.5 mM, about 10 mM, about 12.5 mM, about 15 mM, about 17.5 mM, 20 mM, about 22.5 mM, about 25 mM, about 30 mM, about 35 mM, about 40 mM, about 45 mM, about 50 mM, about 55 mM, about 60 mM, about 65 mM, about 70 mM, about 75 mM, about 80 mM, about 85 mM, about 90 mM, about 95 mM, or about 100 mM histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate.
  • Formulations may be prepared for any type of administration known for antibodies including, but not limited to, intravitreal and intravenous administration.
  • Formulations provided herein may further include an acceptable carrier or excipient including any carrier or excipient that is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and which is acceptable for administration to a patient.
  • a formulation provided herein is isotonic.
  • isotonic is meant that the formulation of interest has essentially the same osmotic pressure as human blood.
  • Isotonic formulations will generally have an osmotic pressure from about 250 to 350
  • mOsm milliosmolar
  • Isotonicity can be measured using a vapor pressure or ice-freezing type osmometer, for example.
  • a formulation provided herein is hypertonic.
  • An "isotonic" formulation is one which has essentially the same osmotic pressure as human blood.
  • the term "hypertonic” is used to describe a formulation with an osmotic pressure above that of human blood.
  • a formulation provided herein may contain a polyol in an amount of less than 1 M.
  • polyol may be present in the formulation in an amount of about 50 mM, about 75 mM, about 100 mM, about 150 mM, about 200 mM, about 225 mM, about 240 mM, about 250 mM, about 300 mM, about 350 mM, about 400 mM, about 450 mM, about 500 mM, about 550 mM, about 600 mM, about 650 mM, about 700 mM, about 750 mM, about 800 mM, about 850 mM, about 900 mM, about 950 mM, about 1 M, or any integer therein.
  • the formulation is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of from about 100 mM to about 175 mM.
  • the formulation containing polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of about 130 mM.
  • a polyol to be used in the formulations provided herein may be a sugar such as, for example, a non-reducing sugar.
  • non-reducing sugars include, but are not limited to, trehalose and sucrose.
  • a formulation may comprise from about 200 mM to about 300 mM trehalose or sucrose. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose.
  • the sugar may be sorbitol in an amount (concentration) of from about 200 mM to about 300 mM.
  • a formulation may comprise about 240 mM sorbitol.
  • a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5. In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5, or about 7.0.
  • formulations provided herein do not contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant can be included in the formulations.
  • Non-limiting examples of surfactants include polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 and Pluronic® F68.
  • a pre-filled syringe suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising a formulation described herein.
  • Such pre-filled syringes may be packaged and labeled for use for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein.
  • Packages may further include directions for storage and administration.
  • a package containing one or more pre-filled syringes suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising the formulation of any of the preceding claims.
  • compositions described herein to formulate a medicament for treating a disorder described herein.
  • Medicaments can be formulated based on the physical characteristics of the
  • Medicaments can be packaged in a suitable package with appropriate labels for the distribution to hospitals and clinics wherein the label is for the indication of treating a disorder as described herein in a subject. Medicaments can be packaged as a single or multiple units. Instructions for the dosage and administration of the compositions described herein can be included with the packages.
  • angiogenesis-related disease in a patient (subject) in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein.
  • Such formulations may be administered to the patient intravitreally or intravenously.
  • An angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, a cancer or a metastasis.
  • the cancer is a solid tumor.
  • Cancers to be treated include, for example, an epithelial based tumor.
  • Non-limiting examples of cancers to be treated with such formulations include, but are not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a uterine cancer, a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), a sarcoma, a myeloma, and a lymphoma.
  • Formulations for treatment of a cancer or a metastasis may be administered to the patient intravenously.
  • an angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, is an ophthalmologic condition.
  • Ophthalmologic conditions include, but are not limited to, age- related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, and/or choroidal neovascularization.
  • Age related macular degeneration (AMD) may be wet AMD or dry AMD.
  • Formulations for treatment of an ophthalmologic condition may be administered to the patient intravitreally.
  • the formulation may be administered to a patient one or more times.
  • the formulation may be administered once per day, once per week, once per month, once bi-monthly, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every 5 months, or once every 6 months.
  • Treatment schedules may be increased or decreased as needed depending upon the response of the patient to the treatment.
  • a formulation is administered until one or more signs or symptoms of the angiogenesis-related disease are reduced.
  • the one or more signs or symptoms may include, but not be limited to, shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, improving visual acuity, reducing macular edema and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
  • treatment may result in improvement of the patient's condition and treatment can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
  • Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • a method of treating an ophthalmologic condition in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said ophthalmologic condition are ameliorated by the treatment.
  • Administration of the formulation may be intravitreal administration.
  • Also provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or metastasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said cancer or metastasis are ameliorated.
  • Administration of the formulation may be intravenous administration.
  • a subject to be treated can be a human or a non-human subject.
  • Formulations provided herein can be administered once or multiple times depending on the health of the patient, the progression of the disease or condition, and the efficacy of the treatment. Adjustments to therapy and treatments can be made throughout the course of treatment (e.g., the dosage of an antibody in a composition).
  • Levels of soluble CD 105 have been correlated with survival in cancer patients and can be monitored prior to and during therapy. Levels of soluble CD 105 can, therefore, be one indication that a therapeutic regimen is effective in treating the patient.
  • Treatments described herein may include one or more additional treatments.
  • Figs. 1A-J provide exemplary amino acid sequences of an anti-CD 105 antibody
  • Fig. 1A is a representative variable light (VL) chain of an anti- CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 1);
  • Fig. IB is a representative constant light chain (CL) of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 2);
  • Fig. 1C is a representative variable heavy (VH) chain of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 3);
  • Fig. ID is a representative constant gamma- 1 heavy chain of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • Figs. 1E-G represent CDRs 1, 2 and 3 of the VL, respectively.
  • Figs. 1H-J represent CDRs 1, 2 and 3 of the VH, respectively.
  • Fig. 2 provides diagram of the TGF-P/ALK5 signaling pathway.
  • the TGF-p/ALK5 pathway (A) leads to inhibition of cell proliferation.
  • the TGF-p/ALKl pathway (B) induces endothelial cell proliferation and requires CD 105 (endoglin) for ALK1 signaling.
  • the dotted lines indicate inactive or blocked pathways.
  • the bolded arrow indicates stimulation of a signaling pathway.
  • references to “a method” include one or more methods, and/or steps of the type described herein and/or which will become apparent to those persons skilled in the art upon reading this disclosure.
  • Anti-CD 105 antibodies may be used to treat or prevent various forms of angiogenesis- related disorders. Described herein are methods of treating or various forms of cancer, solid tumors, and metastases and the like via the administration of the formulations described herein.
  • antibody refers to an immunoglobulin (Ig) whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced.
  • Ig immunoglobulin
  • the term also covers any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antigen-binding domain.
  • the term further includes "antigen-binding fragments" and other interchangeable terms for similar binding fragments such as described below.
  • Native antibodies and native immunoglobulins are usually heterotetrameric
  • glycoproteins of about 150,000 Daltons composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains.
  • Each light chain is typically linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes.
  • Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges.
  • Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain ("V H " or "VH”) followed by a number of constant domains ("C H " or "CH”).
  • Each light chain has a variable domain at one end ("V L “ or “VL”) and a constant domain (“C L “ or “CL”) at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light-chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light- and heavy- chain variable domains.
  • synthetic polynucleotide means that the corresponding polynucleotide sequence or portion thereof, or amino acid sequence or portion thereof, is derived, from a sequence that has been designed, or synthesized de novo, or modified, compared to an equivalent naturally-occurring sequence.
  • Synthetic polynucleotides (antibodies or antigen binding fragments) or synthetic genes can be prepared by methods known in the art, including but not limited to, the chemical synthesis of nucleic acid or amino acid sequences.
  • Synthetic genes are typically different from naturally- occurring genes, either at the amino acid, or polynucleotide level, (or both) and are typically located within the context of synthetic expression control sequences. Synthetic gene
  • polynucleotide sequences may not necessarily encode proteins with different amino acids, compared to the natural gene; for example, they can also encompass synthetic polynucleotide sequences that incorporate different codons but which encode the same amino acid (i.e., the nucleotide changes represent silent mutations at the amino acid level).
  • variable domain refers to the variable domains of antibodies that are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen.
  • variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. Rather, it is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions (also known as CDRs) in both the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. More highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the "framework regions" or "FRs.”
  • the variable domains of unmodified heavy and light chains each contain four FRs (FRl, FR2, FR3 and FR4), largely adopting a ⁇ -sheet configuration interspersed with three CDRs which form loops connecting and, in some cases, part of the ⁇ -sheet structure.
  • the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health,
  • hypervariable region refers to the amino acid residues of an antibody which are responsible for antigen-binding.
  • the CDRs comprise amino acid residues from three sequence regions which bind in a complementary manner to an antigen and are known as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 for each of the V H and V L chains.
  • the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 24-34 (CDRL1), 50-56 (CDRL2) and 89-97 (CDRL3)
  • the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 31-35 (CDRH1), 50-65 (CDRH2) and 95- 102 (CDRH3) according to Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). It is understood that the CDRs of different antibodies may contain insertions, thus the amino acid numbering may differ.
  • the Kabat numbering system accounts for such insertions with a numbering scheme that utilizes letters attached to specific residues (e.g., 27 A, 27B, 27C, 27D, 27E, and 27F of CDRL1 in the light chain) to reflect any insertions in the numberings between different antibodies.
  • the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 26-32 (CDRL1), 50-52 (CDRL2) and 91-96 (CDRL3)
  • the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 26-32
  • CDRH1 CDRH1
  • CDRH2 53-55
  • CDRH3 96-101
  • framework region refers to framework amino acid residues that form a part of the antigen binding pocket or groove.
  • the framework residues form a loop that is a part of the antigen binding pocket or groove and the amino acids residues in the loop may or may not contact the antigen.
  • Framework regions generally comprise the regions between the CDRs.
  • the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-23 (FRL1), 35-49 (FRL2), 57-88 (FRL3), and 98-109 and in the heavy chain variable domain the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-30 (FRH1), 36-49 (FRH2), 66-94 (FRH3), and 103-133 according to Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • the heavy chain too accounts for insertions in a similar manner (e.g., 35 A, 35B of CDRHl in the heavy chain).
  • the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-25 (FRL1), 33-49 (FRL2) 53-90 (FRL3), and 97-109 (FRL4)
  • the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-25 (FRH1), 33-52 (FRH2), 56-95 (FRH3), and 102-1 13 (FRH4) according to Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol, 196: 901-917 (1987)).
  • Constant domains (Fc) of antibodies are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen but, rather, exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity via interactions with, for example, Fc receptors (FcR). Fc domains can also increase bioavailability of an antibody in circulation following administration to a patient. Substitution of a murine Fc domain with a human Fc domain can also reduce side HAM A reactions.
  • immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAl, and IgA2.
  • the heavy-chain constant domains (Fc) that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ , respectively.
  • the subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
  • the "light chains" of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa or (" ⁇ ") and lambda or (" ⁇ "), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • antigen-binding portion of an antibody refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen.
  • Non-limiting examples of antibody fragments included within such terms include, but are not limited to, (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the V L , V H , C L and C H I domains; (ii) a F(ab') 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment containing two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the V H and C H I domains; (iv) a Fv fragment containing the V L and V H domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341 :544 546), which containing a V H domain; and (vi) an isolated CDR. Additionally included in this definition are "one -hal ' antibodies comprising a single heavy chain and a single light chain. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed herein.
  • F(ab') 2 " and "Fab"' moieties can be produced by treating an Ig with a protease such as pepsin and papain, and include antibody fragments generated by digesting immunoglobulin near the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains.
  • a protease such as pepsin and papain
  • papain cleaves IgG upstream of the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains to generate two homologous antibody fragments in which an light chain composed of V L and C L (light chain constant region), and a heavy chain fragment composed of V H and C H7 I ( ⁇ ) region in the constant region of the heavy chain) are connected at their C terminal regions through a disulfide bond.
  • Fab' Each of these two homologous antibody fragments is called Fab'.
  • Pepsin also cleaves IgG downstream of the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains to generate an antibody fragment slightly larger than the fragment in which the two above-mentioned Fab' are connected at the hinge region. This antibody fragment is called F(ab') 2 .
  • the Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (C H I) of the heavy chain.
  • Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxyl terminus of the heavy chain C H I domain including one or more cysteine(s) from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • F(ab') 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • Fv refers to an antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent or covalent association (disulfide linked Fvs have been described in the art, Reiter et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14: 1239-1245). It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the V H -V L dimer.
  • a combination of one or more of the CDRs from each of the V H and V L chains confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody.
  • the CDRH3 and CDRL3 could be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity to an antibody when transferred to V H and V L chains of a recipient antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof and this combination of CDRs can be tested for binding, affinity, etc. using any of the techniques described herein.
  • Even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although likely at a lower affinity than when combined with a second variable domain.
  • V L and V H the two domains of a Fv fragment
  • V L and V H the two domains of a Fv fragment
  • they can be joined using recombinant methods by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the V L and V H regions pair to form monovalent molecules
  • scFv single chain Fv
  • Such scFvs are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody.
  • V H and V L sequences of specific scFv can be linked to an Fc region cDNA or genomic sequences, in order to generate expression vectors encoding complete Ig (e.g., IgG) molecules or other isotypes.
  • V H and V L can also be used in the generation of Fab, Fv or other fragments of Igs using either protein chemistry or recombinant DNA technology.
  • Single-chain Fv or “sFv” antibody fragments comprise the V H and V L domains of an antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain.
  • the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the V H and V L domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • a polypeptide linker between the V H and V L domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • AVIMERTM refers to a class of therapeutic proteins of human origin, which are unrelated to antibodies and antibody fragments, and are composed of several modular and reusable binding domains, referred to as A-domains (also referred to as class A module, complement type repeat, or LDL-receptor class A domain). They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display (Silverman et ah, 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23: 1493-1494; Silverman et al, 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220).
  • the resulting proteins can contain multiple independent binding domains that can exhibit improved affinity (in some cases, sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins. See, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publ. Nos. 2005/0221384, 2005/0164301, 2005/0053973 and 2005/0089932, 2005/0048512, and 2004/0175756, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • Each of the known 217 human A-domains comprises ⁇ 35 amino acids ( ⁇ 4 kDa); and these domains are separated by linkers that average five amino acids in length.
  • Native A- domains fold quickly and efficiently to a uniform, stable structure mediated primarily by calcium binding and disulfide formation.
  • a conserved scaffold motif of only 12 amino acids is required for this common structure.
  • the end result is a single protein chain containing multiple domains, each of which represents a separate function.
  • Each domain of the proteins binds independently and the energetic contributions of each domain are additive. These proteins were called "AVIMERsTM" from avidity multimers.
  • diabodies refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL).
  • VH heavy chain variable domain
  • VL light chain variable domain
  • VH-VL polypeptide chain
  • Antigen-binding polypeptides also include heavy chain dimers such as, for example, antibodies from camelids and sharks.
  • Camelid and shark antibodies comprise a homodimeric pair of two chains of V-like and C-like domains (neither has a light chain). Since the V H region of a heavy chain dimer IgG in a camelid does not have to make hydrophobic interactions with a light chain, the region in the heavy chain that normally contacts a light chain is changed to hydrophilic amino acid residues in a camelid. V H domains of heavy-chain dimer IgGs are called V HH domains.
  • Shark Ig-NARs comprise a homodimer of one variable domain (termed a V-NAR domain) and five C-like constant domains (C-NAR domains).
  • camelids the diversity of antibody repertoire is determined by the CDRs 1, 2, and 3 in the V H or V HH regions.
  • the CDR3 in the camel V HH region is characterized by its relatively long length, averaging 16 amino acids (Muyldermans et al, 1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129). This is in contrast to CDR3 regions of antibodies of many other species.
  • the CDR3 of mouse V H has an average of 9 amino acids.
  • chimeric forms of non-human ⁇ e.g., murine antibodies include chimeric antibodies which contain minimal sequence derived from a non-human Ig.
  • chimeric antibodies are murine antibodies in which at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin are inserted in place of the murine Fc.
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to conventional (polyclonal) antibody
  • monoclonal antibody preparations which can include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
  • the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • monoclonal antibodies can be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), or can be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567).
  • the monoclonal antibodies can be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et ah, Nature 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
  • Antibodies can be isolated and purified from the culture supernatant or ascites mentioned above by saturated ammonium sulfate precipitation, euglobulin precipitation method, caproic acid method, caprylic acid method, ion exchange chromatography (DEAE or DE52), or affinity chromatography using anti-Ig column or a protein A, G or L column such as described in more detail below.
  • variable regions or portions thereof may be fused to, connected to, or otherwise joined to one or more constant regions or portions thereof to produce any of the antibodies described herein. This may be accomplished in a variety of ways known in the art, including but not limited to, molecular cloning techniques or direct synthesis of the nucleic acids encoding the molecules
  • binding refers to binding agents, antibodies or fragments thereof that are specific to a sequence of amino acid residues ("binding site” or “epitope"), yet if are cross-reactive to other peptides/proteins, are not toxic at the levels at which they are formulated for administration to human use.
  • binding refers to a direct association between two molecules, due to, for example, covalent, electrostatic, hydrophobic, and ionic and/or hydrogen-bond interactions under physiological conditions, and including interactions such as salt bridges and water bridges and any other conventional binding means.
  • binding agent binds to the binding site with greater affinity than it binds unrelated amino acid sequences.
  • Affinity can be at least 1-fold greater, at least 2- fold greater, at least 3-fold greater, at least 4-fold greater, at least 5-fold greater, at least 6-fold greater, at least 7-fold greater, at least 8-fold greater, at least 9-fold greater, 10-fold greater, at least 20-fold greater, at least 30-fold greater, at least 40-fold greater, at least 50-fold greater, at least 60-fold greater, at least 70-fold greater, at least 80-fold greater, at least 90-fold greater, at least 100-fold greater, or at least 1000-fold greater than the affinity of the binding agent for unrelated amino acid sequences.
  • immunoreactive and “preferentially binds” are used interchangeably herein.
  • affinity refers to the equilibrium constant for the reversible binding of two agents and is expressed as Kd.
  • Affinity of a binding protein to a ligand such as affinity of an antibody for an epitope can be, for example, from about 100 nanomolar (nM) to about 0.1 nM, from about 100 nM to about 1 picomolar (pM), or from about 100 nM to about 1 femtomolar (fM).
  • pM nanomolar
  • fM femtomolar
  • the term “avidity” refers to the resistance of a complex of two or more agents to dissociation after dilution.
  • Apparent affinities can be determined by methods such as an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or any other technique familiar to one of skill in the art. Avidities can be determined by methods such as a Scatchard analysis or any other technique familiar to one of skill in the art.
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
  • Epitope refers to that portion of an antigen or other macromolecule capable of forming a binding interaction with the variable region binding pocket of an antibody. Such binding interactions can be manifested as an intermolecular contact with one or more amino acid residues of one or more CDRs. Antigen binding can involve, for example, a CDR3 or a CDR3 pair or, in some cases, interactions of up to all six CDRs of the V H and V L chains.
  • An epitope can be a linear peptide sequence (i.e., "continuous") or can be composed of noncontiguous amino acid sequences (i.e., "conformational” or “discontinuous").
  • TRC105 is a murine antibody which is the same amino acid sequence as murine antibody described as Y4-2F1 or SN6j in US patent numbers 5,928,641; 6,200,566; 6,190,660; and 7,097,836.
  • the term "specific” refers to a situation in which an antibody will not show any significant binding to molecules other than the antigen containing the epitope recognized by the antibody.
  • the term is also applicable where, for example, an antigen binding domain is specific for a particular epitope which is carried by a number of antigens, in which case the antibody will be able to bind to the various antigens carrying the epitope.
  • the terms "preferentially binds” or “specifically binds” mean that the antibodies bind to an epitope with greater affinity than it binds unrelated amino acid sequences, and, if cross-reactive to other polypeptides containing the epitope, are not toxic at the levels at which they are formulated for administration to human use.
  • such affinity is at least 1-fold greater, at least 2-fold greater, at least 3 -fold greater, at least 4-fold greater, at least 5-fold greater, at least 6-fold greater, at least 7-fold greater, at least 8-fold greater, at least 9-fold greater, 10-fold greater, at least 20-fold greater, at least 30- fold greater, at least 40-fold greater, at least 50-fold greater, at least 60-fold greater, at least 70- fold greater, at least 80-fold greater, at least 90-fold greater, at least 100-fold greater, or at least 1000-fold greater than the affinity of the antibody for unrelated amino acid sequences.
  • the terms "immunoreactive,” "binds,” “preferentially binds” and “specifically binds” are used
  • binding refers to a direct association between two
  • polypeptides means a polypeptide or a portion thereof which, by virtue of its origin or manipulation: (i) is present in a host cell as the expression product of a portion of an expression vector; or (ii) is linked to a protein or other chemical moiety other than that to which it is linked in nature; or (iii) does not occur in nature, for example, a protein that is chemically manipulated by appending, or adding at least one hydrophobic moiety to the protein so that the protein is in a form not found in nature.
  • isolated it is further meant a protein that is: (i) synthesized chemically; or (ii) expressed in a host cell and purified away from associated and contaminating proteins.
  • the term generally means a polypeptide that has been separated from other proteins and nucleic acids with which it naturally occurs. Typically, the polypeptide is also separated from substances such as antibodies or gel matrices (polyacrylamide) which are used to purify it.
  • angiogenesis inhibitory As used herein, the terms “angiogenesis inhibitory,” “angiogenesis inhibiting” or “anti- angiogenic” include inhibition of vasculogenesis, and are intended to mean affecting a decrease in the extent, amount, or rate of neovascularization. Effecting a decrease in the extent, amount, or rate of endothelial cell proliferation or migration in the tissue is a specific example of inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • angiogenesis inhibitory composition refers to a composition which inhibits angiogenesis-mediated processes such as endothelial cell migration, proliferation, tube formation and subsequently leading to the inhibition of the generation of new blood vessels from existing ones, and consequently affects angiogenesis-dependent conditions.
  • angiogenesis-dependent condition is intended to mean a condition where the process of angiogenesis or vasculogenesis sustains or augments a pathological condition or beneficially influences normal physiological processes. Therefore, treatment of an angiogenesis-dependent condition in which angiogenesis sustains a pathological condition could result in mitigation of disease, while treatment of an angiogenesis-dependent condition in which angiogenesis beneficially influences normal physiological processes could result in, e.g., enhancement of a normal process.
  • Angiogenesis is the formation of new blood vessels from pre-existing capillaries or post-capillary venules.
  • Vasculogenesis results from the formation of new blood vessels arising from angioblasts which are endothelial cell precursors. Both processes result in new blood vessel formation and are included in the meaning of the term angiogenesis-dependent conditions.
  • the term "angiogenesis" as used herein is intended to include de novo formation of vessels such as that arising from vasculo genesis as well as those arising from branching and sprouting of existing vessels, capillaries and venules.
  • Angiogenesis can also be inclusive of induction of ALKl signaling and related Smad 1/5/8 phosphorylation and/or signaling.
  • CD 105 is also known to be involved in the ALKl signaling pathway and is thus also included within the meaning of angiogenesis.
  • CD105 + cell populations have been found in human renal carcinomas.
  • the CD105 + cells presented the characteristic of tumor stem cells previously described for cancer stem cells present in other tumor types.
  • the CD 105+ cells observed were clonogenic, expressed stem cell markers and lacked differentiative markers, could differentiate in vitro into epithelial and endothelial cell types and could generate in vivo serially transplantable tumors.
  • the tumors despite being derived from clones expressing mesenchymal markers, are epithelial carcinomas as the tumor of origin and are characterized by the maintenance of a CD105 + tumorigenic population and by the presence of a non-tumorigenic differentiated CD 105- population.
  • Inducing a host immune response means that a patient experiences alleviation or reduction of signs or symptoms of illness, and specifically includes, without limitation, prolongation of survival.
  • proliferative disorder and “proliferative condition” mean any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or undesirable proliferation.
  • cell proliferative disorder and “cell proliferative condition” mean any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or undesirable cell proliferation, as well as including conditions characterized by undesirable or unwanted cell proliferation or cell survival (e.g., due to deficient apoptosis), conditions characterized by deficient or aberrant or deficient apoptosis, as well as conditions characterized by aberrant or undesirable or unwanted cell survival.
  • differentiated means any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or deficient differentiation.
  • Proliferative or differentiative disorders amenable to treatment include diseases conditions, benign and neoplastic, characterized by abnormal or undesirable cell numbers, cell growth or cell survival. Such disorders or conditions may therefore constitute a disease state and include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs.
  • Non-solid tumor refers to neoplasias of the hematopoietic system, such as lymphomas, myelomas and leukemias, or neoplasias that are diffuse in nature, as they do not typically form a solid mass.
  • leukemias include for example, acute and chronic lymphoblastic, myeloblastic and multiple myeloma.
  • solid tumor refers to neoplasias or metastases that typically aggregate together and form a mass.
  • disorders include neoplasms or cancers, which can affect virtually any cell or tissue type, e.g. , carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders.
  • a metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to breast, lung, thyroid, head and neck, brain, lymphoid, gastrointestinal (mouth, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, colon, rectum), genito-urinary tract (uterus, ovary, cervix, bladder, testicle, penis, prostate), kidney, pancreas, liver, bone, muscle, skin, etc.
  • primary tumor types including but not limited to breast, lung, thyroid, head and neck, brain, lymphoid, gastrointestinal (mouth, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, colon, rectum), genito-urinary tract (uterus, ovary, cervix, bladder, testicle, penis, prostate), kidney, pancreas, liver, bone, muscle, skin, etc.
  • Carcinomas refer to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissue, and include respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas.
  • Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon, liver and ovary. The term also includes
  • carcinosarcomas e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues.
  • Adenocarcinoma includes a carcinoma of a glandular tissue, or in which the tumor forms a gland like structure.
  • a cancerous tissue to be treated is, for example, an endothelial tissue or transformed cell expressing an abnormal level of CD 105.
  • transformed cells refers to cells that have spontaneously converted to a state of unrestrained growth, i.e., they have acquired the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture. Transformed cells may be characterized by such terms as neoplastic, anaplastic and/or hyperplastic, with respect to their loss of growth control.
  • transformed phenotype of malignant mammalian cells and “transformed phenotype” are intended to encompass, but not be limited to, any of the following phenotypic traits associated with cellular transformation of mammalian cells: immortalization, morphological or growth transformation, and tumorigenicity, as detected by prolonged growth in cell culture, growth in semi-solid media, or tumorigenic growth in immuno-incompetent or syngeneic animals.
  • tumor cell antigen is defined herein as an antigen that is present in higher quantities on a tumor cell or in body fluids than unrelated tumor cells, normal cells, or in normal body fluid.
  • the antigen presence may be tested by any number of assays known to those skilled in the art and include without limitation negative and/or positive selection with antibodies, such as an ELISA assay, a radioimmunoassay, or by Western Blot.
  • apoptosis or "programmed cell death,” refers to the physiological process by which unwanted or useless cells are eliminated during development and other normal biological processes. Apoptosis is a mode of cell death that occurs under normal physiological conditions and the cell is an active participant in its own demise ("cellular suicide").
  • apoptosis It is most often found during normal cell turnover and tissue homeostasis, embryogenesis, induction and maintenance of immune tolerance, development of the nervous system and endocrine-dependent tissue atrophy.
  • Cells undergoing apoptosis show characteristic morphological and biochemical features. These features include chromatin aggregation, nuclear and cytoplasmic condensation, partition of cytoplasm and nucleus into membrane bound vesicles (apoptotic bodies), which contain ribosomes, morphologically intact mitochondria and nuclear material. In vivo, these apoptotic bodies are rapidly recognized and phagocytized by macrophages, dendritic cells or adjacent epithelial cells.
  • Apoptosis can be measured by methods known to those skilled in the art like DNA fragmentation, exposure of Annexin V, activation of caspases, release of cytochrome c, etc.
  • a cell that has been induced to die is termed herein as an
  • Apoptosis inducing agent is defined herein to induce apoptosis/programmed cell death, and include, for example, anti-CD 105 antibodies, anti-VEGF antibodies, irradiation, chemotherapeutic agents or receptor ligation agents, wherein cells, for example, tumor cells or endothelial cells are induced to undergo programmed cell death. Exemplary apoptosis inducing agents are described in more detail below.
  • Apoptosis can be tested using a standard Annexin V Apoptosis Assay: NIH:OVCAR-3 cells are grown in 6-well plates (NUNC) and irradiated or treated with an antagonist (or in combination with another anti-cancer drug) for 4-48 hours, washed and stained with Annexin V- FITC (BD-Pharmingen) for 1 hour. Cells are analyzed by flow cytometry (Becton-Dickinson, CellQuest), counterstained with Propidium Iodide and analyzed again in the flow cytometer.
  • NUNC 6-well plates
  • an antagonist or in combination with another anti-cancer drug
  • Chimeric immunoglobulins have been constructed by means of genetic engineering. Most chimeric immunoglobulins that have been previously described have comprised a VH and VL from a mouse monoclonal antibody and a CL and Fc of a human antibody. Fc regions can be used from any of the isotypes described herein. As described herein, chimeric can also include criteria by which a limited number of amino acids in the framework of the light chain variable region and/or the heavy chain variable chain are modified in order to increase the affinity of an antibody.
  • Chimeric antibodies generally have several potential advantages over mouse antibodies for use in human therapy. Because the effector portion of an antibody is human, it is believed to interact better with the other parts of the human immune system (e.g., destroy the target cells more efficiently by complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC)). Additionally, the human immune system should not recognize the constant region of the chimeric antibody as foreign, and therefore the antibody response against such an injected antibody should, typically, be less than against a totally foreign mouse antibody. Finally, mouse antibodies are known to have a half-life in the human circulation that is much shorter than the half-life of human antibodies. Chimeric antibodies can, presumably, have a half-life more similar to naturally-occurring human antibodies, allowing smaller and less frequent doses to be given.
  • CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • residues within the CDRs of an antibody may be additionally substituted with other amino acids.
  • no more than four amino acid residues in a CDR are changed, and most typically no more than two residues in the CDR will be changed, except for heavy chain CDR2, where as many as 10 residues may be changed.
  • Changes in affinity can be measured by conventional methods such as those described herein (e.g., Biacore).
  • Antibodies can be constructed and produced using conventional techniques known in the art. In addition, recombinantly prepared antibodies can often be produced in large quantities, particularly when utilizing high level expression vectors.
  • an antibody can be synthesized for administration to a non-human (e.g., a primate, a cow, a horse, a pig, etc.) by using a non-human Fc.
  • a non-human e.g., a primate, a cow, a horse, a pig, etc.
  • an expression system is one which utilizes the GS system (Lonza) using a glutamine synthetase gene as the selectable marker. Briefly, a transfection is performed in CHO cells by electroporation (250V) using the GS system (Lonza) using the glutamine synthetase gene as the selectable marker. Wild type CHO cells are grown in DMEM (Sigma) containing 10% dialyzed Fetal Calf Serum (FCS) with 2 mM glutamine. 6xl0 7 CHO cells are transfected with 300 ⁇ g of linearized DNA by electroporation.
  • DMEM Sigma
  • FCS dialyzed Fetal Calf Serum
  • the cells are resuspended in DMEM with glutamine and plated out into 36 x 96-well plates (50 ⁇ /well), and incubated at 37° C. in 5% C0 2 . The following day, 150 ⁇ /well of selective medium (DMEM without glutamine) is added. After approximately 3 weeks the colonies are screened by ELISA (see below) using an irrelevant antibody as a negative control. All colonies producing >20 ⁇ g/ml are expanded into 24-well plates and then into duplicate T25 flasks.
  • a widely used mammalian expression system is one which utilizes the gene amplification procedure offered by dehydrofolate reductase deficient (“dhfr- ”) Chinese hamster ovary cells.
  • the system is based upon the dehydrofolate reductase "dhfr" gene, which encodes the DHFR enzyme, which catalyzes conversion of dehydrofolate to
  • dhfr- CHO cells are transfected with an expression vector containing a functional DHFR gene, together with a gene that encodes a desired protein.
  • the desired protein is recombinant antibody heavy chain and/or light chain.
  • the recombinant cells develop resistance by amplifying the dhfr gene.
  • the amplification unit employed is much larger than the size of the dhfr gene, and as a result the antibody heavy chain is co-amplified.
  • the present application provides an isolated polynucleotide (nucleic acid) encoding an antibody or portion thereof as described herein, vectors containing such polynucleotides, and host cells and expression systems for transcribing and translating such polynucleotides into polypeptides.
  • the present application also provides constructs in the form of plasmids, vectors, transcription or expression cassettes which comprise at least one polynucleotide as above.
  • the present application also provides a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more constructs as above.
  • a nucleic acid encoding any antibody described herein forms an aspect of the present application, as does a method of production of the antibody, which method comprises expression from encoding nucleic acid therefrom. Expression can conveniently be achieved by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the nucleic acid. Following production by expression, an antibody or a portion thereof can be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, then used as appropriate.
  • nucleic acid molecules and vectors containing same described herein can be provided isolated and/or purified, e.g., from their natural environment, in substantially pure or homogeneous form.
  • nucleic acid free or substantially free of nucleic acid or genes origin other than the sequence encoding a polypeptide with the required function.
  • Nucleic acid sequences can comprise DNA or RNA and can be wholly or partially synthetic. Methods of purification are well known in the art.
  • Suitable host cells include bacteria, mammalian cells, yeast and baculovirus systems.
  • Mammalian cell lines available in the art for expression of a heterologous polypeptide include, but are not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney cells, NSO mouse myeloma cells and many others.
  • a wide variety of unicellular host cells are also useful in expressing the DNA sequences.
  • These hosts include well-known eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts, such as strains of E. coli, Pseudomonas, Bacillus, Streptomyces, fungi such as yeasts, and animal cells, such as CHO, YB/20, NSO, SP2/0, Rl.l, B-W and L-M cells, African Green Monkey kidney cells (e.g., COS 1, COS 7, BSC1, BSC40, and BMT10), insect cells (e.g., Sf9), and human cells and plant cells in tissue culture.
  • eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts such as strains of E. coli, Pseudomonas, Bacillus, Streptomyces, fungi such as yeasts, and animal cells, such as CHO, YB/20, NSO, SP2/0, Rl.l, B-W and L-M cells, African Green Monkey kidney
  • Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, marker genes and other sequences as appropriate.
  • Vectors can be plasmids, viral e.g. 'phage, or phagemid, as appropriate.
  • plasmids viral e.g. 'phage, or phagemid, as appropriate.
  • a further aspect provides a host cell containing nucleic acid as disclosed herein.
  • a still further aspect provides a method comprising introducing such nucleic acid into a host cell.
  • the introduction can employ any available technique.
  • suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE Dextran, electroporation, liposome-mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus, e.g., vaccinia or, for insect cells, baculovirus.
  • suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using retrovirus or other virus, e.g., vaccinia or, for insect cells, baculovirus.
  • suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using
  • the introduction can be followed by causing or allowing expression from the nucleic acid, e.g. by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of the gene.
  • the nucleic acid is integrated into the genome ⁇ e.g., chromosome) of the host cell. Integration can be promoted by inclusion of sequences which promote recombination with the genome, in accordance with standard techniques. Ig enhances can be initialized as needed to maximize expression.
  • the present application also provides a method which comprises using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express the antibodies (or portions thereof) as above.
  • the present application also relates to isolated nucleic acids, such as recombinant DNA molecules or cloned genes, or degenerate variants thereof, mutants, analogs, or fragments thereof, which encode an antibody that binds CD 105.
  • the full DNA sequence of the recombinant DNA molecule or cloned gene of an antibody or portion thereof described herein can be operatively linked to an expression control sequence which can be introduced into an appropriate host.
  • the application accordingly extends to unicellular hosts transformed with the cloned gene or recombinant DNA molecule comprising a DNA sequence encoding the V H , V L , C L and/or Fc, of the antibody.
  • DNA sequences disclosed herein can be expressed by operatively linking them to an expression control sequence in an appropriate expression vector and employing that expression vector to transform an appropriate unicellular host.
  • Such operative linking of a DNA sequence to an expression control sequence includes, if not already part of the DNA sequence, the provision of an initiation codon, ATG, in the correct reading frame upstream of the DNA sequence.
  • Polynucleotides and vectors can be provided in an isolated and/or a purified form ⁇ e.g., free or substantially free of polynucleotides of origin other than the polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide with the required function).
  • substantially pure and “substantially free” refer to a solution or suspension containing less than, for example, about 20% or less extraneous material, about 10% or less extraneous material, about 5% or less extraneous material, about 4% or less extraneous material, about 3% or less extraneous material, about 2% or less extraneous material, or about 1% or less extraneous material.
  • a wide variety of host/expression vector combinations can be employed in expressing the DNA sequences of this invention.
  • Useful expression vectors can consist of segments of chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences.
  • Suitable vectors include, but are not limited to, derivatives of SV40 and known bacterial plasmids, e.g., E.
  • coli plasmids col El, Perl, Pbr322, Pmb9 and their derivatives, plasmids such as RP4; phage DNAs, e.g., the numerous derivatives of phage ⁇ , e.g., NM989, and other phage DNA, e.g., Ml 3 and filamentous single stranded phage DNA; yeast plasmids such as the 2u plasmid or derivatives thereof; vectors useful in eukaryotic cells, such as vectors useful in insect or mammalian cells; vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNAs, such as plasmids that have been modified to employ phage DNA or other expression control sequences; and the like.
  • phage DNAs e.g., the numerous derivatives of phage ⁇ , e.g., NM989, and other phage DNA, e.g., Ml 3 and filamentous single stranded phag
  • a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more polynucleotide constructs.
  • a polynucleotide encoding an antibody as provided herein forms an aspect of the present application, as does a method of production of the antibody which method comprises expression from one or more polynucleotides. Expression can be achieved, for example, by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the polynucleotide. An antibody can then be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, and used as appropriate.
  • any of a wide variety of expression control sequences - sequences that control the expression of a DNA sequence operatively linked to it - can be used in these vectors to express the DNA sequences.
  • Such useful expression control sequences include, for example, the early or late promoters of SV40, CMV, vaccinia, polyoma or adenovirus, the lac system, the trp system, the TAC system, the TRC system, the LTR system, the major operator and promoter regions of phage ⁇ , the control regions of fd coat protein, the promoter for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, the promoters of acid phosphatase ⁇ e.g., Pho5), the promoters of the yeast alpha-mating factors, and other sequences known to control the expression of genes of prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or their viruses, and various combinations thereof.
  • the present application also provides constructs in the form of plasmids, vectors, transcription or expression cassettes as described elsewhere herein which comprise at least one polynucleotide as above.
  • Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, selectable markers and other sequences as appropriate.
  • Vectors can be plasmids, viral e.g., phage, phagemid, etc., as appropriate.
  • Molecular Cloning a Laboratory Manual: 2nd edition, Sambrook et al., 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
  • an expression control sequence a variety of factors will normally be considered. These include, for example, the relative strength of the system, its controllability, and its compatibility with the particular DNA sequence or gene to be expressed, particularly as regards potential secondary structures. Suitable unicellular hosts will be selected by
  • a further aspect provides a host cell containing one or more polynucleotides as disclosed herein. Yet a further aspect provides a method of introducing such one or more polynucleotides into a host cell, any available technique.
  • suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE Dextran, electroporation, liposome-mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus ⁇ e.g., vaccinia) or, for insect cells, baculovirus.
  • suitable techniques can include, for example calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using bacteriophages.
  • the introduction can be followed by causing or allowing expression from the one or more polynucleotides, e.g. by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of one or more polypeptides from one or more polynucleotides.
  • Inducible systems can be used and expression induced by addition of an activator.
  • the polynucleotides can be integrated into the genome ⁇ e.g., chromosome) of the host cell. Integration can be promoted by inclusion of sequences which promote recombination with the genome, in accordance with standard techniques.
  • the nucleic acid is maintained on an episomal vector in the host cell.
  • Methods are provided herein which include using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express a specific polypeptide.
  • a polynucleotide encoding an antibody or a portion thereof can be prepared recombinantly/synthetically in addition to, or rather than, cloned.
  • the polynucleotide can be designed with the appropriate codons. In general, one will select preferred codons for an intended host if the sequence will be used for expression.
  • the complete polynucleotide can be assembled from overlapping oligonucleotides prepared by standard methods and assembled into a complete coding sequence. See, e.g., Edge, Nature, 292:756 (1981); Nambair et ah, Science, 223: 1299 (1984); Jay et al, J. Biol. Chem., 259:6311 (1984).
  • Endoglin (CD 105) is expressed on the cell surface as a 180 kDa homodimeric transmembrane protein.
  • the external domain binds TGF- ⁇ and -3 isoforms with high affinity (50 nM), and the transmembrane and the intracellular domains of CD 105 share a 71% sequence similarity with betaglycan.
  • the human CD 105 gene is located on chromosome 9q34, identified using fluorescence in situ hybridization, and the coding region contains 14 exons, and two different isoforms (L and S) of CD 105 with capacity to bind TGF- ⁇ have been characterized.
  • the L-CD105 consists of 633 amino acid residues with 47 amino acid residues in the cytoplasmic tail as opposed to the S -CD 105, which consists of 600 amino acid residues with a 14 amino acid cytoplasmic tail.
  • L-CD105 is the predominant form.
  • CD 105 is constitutively phosphorylated in endothelial cells, mainly on serine and threonine residues, and this phosphorylation is due to the constitutively active TGF- ⁇ RII within the cell.
  • TGF- ⁇ binding to CD 105 results in down-regulation of phosphorylation, similar to effects seen with protein kinase C inhibitors.
  • the human CD 105 amino acid sequence contains the tripeptide arginine-glycine-aspartic acid (RGD) located in an exposed region of the extracellular domain.
  • RGD arginine-glycine-aspartic acid
  • the RGD peptide is a key recognition structure found on ECM proteins such as fibronectin, vitronectin, von Willebrand factor (vWF), type I collagen, and fibrinogen and is recognized by cell surface integrins. Integrin adhesion has been implicated in hemostasis, thrombosis, angiogenesis and inflammation, processes in which the endothelium plays a critical role. (Duff et al, FASEB J., 17:984-992 (2003)).
  • CD 105 is a member of the TGF- ⁇ receptor family that is expressed by proliferating endothelial cells. Normal levels of CD 105 are needed for endothelial cell proliferation. CD 105 expression is increased by cellular hypoxia through the production of hypoxia-inducible factor- 1-a (HIF-l-a) and protects hypoxic cells from apoptosis.
  • HIF-l-a hypoxia-inducible factor- 1-a
  • RI receptor I
  • RII receptor II
  • CD 105 forms part of the TGF- ⁇ receptor complex but it can exist independently on the cell surface. In many cells in vitro, CD 105 suppresses TGF- ⁇ signaling.
  • CD 105 also binds other growth factors such as activin A and bone morphogenic proteins (BMP) -10, -9, -7 and -2. Binding of TGF- ⁇ or other growth factor ligands to CD105 requires the presence of at least the receptor RII, and it cannot bind ligands by itself. CD 105 association with receptors does not alter their affinity for the ligand itself. Upon association, the cytoplasmic domain of CD 105 is phosphorylated by TGF- ⁇ RI and TGF- ⁇ RII; then TGF- ⁇ RI, but not TGF- ⁇ RII, kinase dissociates from the receptor complex.
  • BMP bone morphogenic proteins
  • CD 105 expression inhibits phosphorylation levels of TGF- ⁇ RII but increases that of TGF- ⁇ RI, resulting in increased phosphorylation of Smad 2 but not Smad 3. Since Smad 2 can interact with a variety of transcription factors, co-activators, and suppressors, phosphorylated Smad 2 may act as an integrator of multiple signals to modulate gene transcription. Thus, CD 105 modulates TGF- ⁇ functions via interaction with TGF- ⁇ RI and TGF- ⁇ RII and modifies the phosphorylation of downstream Smad proteins.
  • CD 105 acts to modulate signaling of multiple kinase receptor complexes of the TGF- ⁇ superfamily, including TGF- ⁇ receptors (TGF ⁇ R), activin receptor-like kinases (ALK) and activin receptors. In the absence of CD 105, activation of TGF- ⁇ receptors results in TGF- ⁇ receptors.
  • TGF ⁇ R TGF- ⁇ receptors
  • ALK activin receptor-like kinases
  • SMAD 2 and 3 phosphorylation of SMAD proteins that inhibit endothelial cell growth.
  • CD 105 activation by TGF- ⁇ modulates SMAD protein phosphorylation (including the phosphorylation of SMAD 1, 5 and 8).
  • the end result is release of the growth inhibitory effects of TGF- ⁇ receptor activation on endothelial cells (see Fig. 2).
  • prevention of CD 105 activation by anti-CD 105 antibody or antisense oligonucleotide acts synergistically with TGF- ⁇ to suppress endothelial cell growth.
  • the CD 105 promoter is 2.6 kb in length but does not contain TATA or CAAT transcription initiation boxes. However, it has two GC-rich regions, consensus motifs for Spl, ets, GATA, AP-2, NGF- ⁇ , and Mad, as well as TGF- ⁇ response elements. Nonetheless, CD 105 has a relatively restricted cellular distribution. The basal level of transcription appears to require an ets site at position -68 and the Spl sites, but the relative restriction of expression, for example, to endothelial cells, appears to involve multiple regulatory regions, in particular, one at -1294 to -932 and another very close to the transcription initiation site.
  • CD105 is up-regulated by TGF- ⁇ , and this has been shown to require a Spl site at -37 to -29, also involving one or more juxtaposed upstream SBE sites binding Smads 3 and/or 4 (which are activated by TGF- ⁇ signaling).
  • Hypoxia is a common feature of ischemic tissues and tumors, and is a potent stimulator for CD 105 gene expression in vascular endothelial cells (ECs). Such an effect is potentiated in combination with TGF- ⁇ 1.
  • the up-regulated CD 105 can exert a self-protective role in ECs under hypoxic stress.
  • Vascular EC are the major source of CD 105.
  • Other cell types including vascular smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, leukemic cells of pre-B and myelomonocytic origin, and erythroid precursors express CD 105 to a lesser extent.
  • CD 105 is involved in angiogenesis. Antisense experiments have demonstrated that suppression of CD 105 expression in HUVEC results in marked inhibition of in vitro
  • CD 105 is a proangiogenic component in the endothelial cells.
  • CD 105 knockout mice exhibit multiple vascular and cardiac defects leading to death at an early embryonic stage. Severe vascular impairments observed in CD 105 null mice indicate that CD 105 is required for the formation of mature blood vessels in the extraembryonic vasculature, further confirming the direct role of CD 105 in angiogenesis.
  • CD105 also known as, inter alia, endoglin or edg-1, is a type I homodimeric membrane glycoprotein which is expressed at high levels in proliferating vascular endothelial cells.
  • CD 105 is primarily a proliferation-associated marker for endothelial cells undergoing active angiogenesis.
  • CD 105 there may be limited expression of CD 105 by the vascular endothelium of normal tissues. Human CD 105 is known to specifically bind
  • CD 105 has been targeted in antibody-based methods of reducing tumor vasculature, as CD 105 is a proliferation-associated antigen on endothelial and leukemia cells. Its expression is up-regulated in tumor-associated vascular endothelium, and CD 105 is essential for angiogenesis.
  • Angiogenesis includes the formation of new capillary blood vessels leading to
  • neovascularization as well as the maintenance of the existing vasculature. It is a complex process which includes a series of sequential steps including endothelial cell-mediated degradation of vascular basement membrane and interstitial matrices, migration of endothelial cells, proliferation of endothelial cells, and formation of capillary loops by endothelial cells.
  • CD 105 can be found on cells that comprise and support existing vasculature as well as cells that are promoting the growth of, and become part of, new vasculature. These antibodies can bind CD 105 and thereby inhibit angiogenesis, inhibit the existing vasculature or the maintenance of the existing vasculature, and/or inhibit small vessel dilation. In addition to their use for purification of CD 105, these antibodies are useful for purification, detection and diagnostic purposes as well as therapeutic purposes. The antibodies provided herein can be used for the formulation of medicaments for the treatment a variety of conditions and diseases, methods to treat said conditions and diseases and methods of detection or diagnosis.
  • angiogenesis is inclusive of the growth and/or development of new blood vessels (also referred to as neovascularization), dilation of the small vessels, excessive or prolonged vascular growth, and maintenance of the existing vasculature.
  • Angiogenic conditions and diseases refer to those diseases and conditions related to, caused by, or associated with angiogenesis.
  • Non- limiting examples of such diseases include, for example, various forms of cancer (primary tumors and metastases).
  • Murine monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) have been raised against CD 105 which modulate CD 105 activity and thereby inhibit angiogenesis and/or inhibit vasodilation of small blood vessels. These murine antibodies are described in U.S. patents 5,928,641, 6,200,566, 6,190,660, and 7,097,836, each of which is hereby incorporated in their entirety. Additionally, the ex vivo and in vivo efficiency of a number of these antibodies has been demonstrated;
  • CD 105 modulating compounds monoclonal antibodies that bind CD 105 are of interest as CD 105 modulating compounds.
  • murine antibodies are not feasible, however, as administration of the murine antibodies has a number of limitations, including immunogenicity in, for example, the form of human anti -mouse antibodies (HAMA).
  • HAMA human anti -mouse antibodies
  • MAb SN6 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with glycoprotein mixtures of cell membranes of human leukemia cells (Haruta and Seon, 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 83:7898-7902). SN6 is a murine mAb that recognizes human CD 105.
  • MAb 44G4 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with whole cell suspensions of human pre-B leukemia cells (Gougos and Letarte, 1988, J. Immunol. 141 : 1925-1933; 1990, J. Biol. Chem. 265:8361-8364).
  • 44G4 is also a murine mAb that recognizes human CD105.
  • MAb MJ7/18 is an antibody generated from immunization of rats with inflamed mouse skins (Ge and Butcher, 1994, supra). MJ7/18 is also a mAb that recognizes murine CD105.
  • mAb Tec-11 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with human umbilical vein endothelial cells (Burrows et al., 1995, Clin. Cancer Res. 1 : 1623-1634). Tec-11 is a murine mAb with reactivity restricted to human CD 105. Chimeric antibodies that bind CD 105 are described herein that exhibit reduced immunogenicity while maintaining and/or improving their specificity.
  • chimeric antibodies that bind CD 105 and decrease and/or inhibit angiogenesis are described herein that exhibit reduced immunogenicity while maintaining and/or improving their specificity.
  • These anti-CD 105 antibodies are useful for the diagnosis and treatment of various conditions and diseases as well as for purification and detection of CD 105.
  • Antibodies against CD 105 represent an important area for the development of therapies for the treatment of a variety of diseases and conditions which involve, are influenced by, or affected by angiogenesis.
  • antibodies thereof that bind to CD 105 are also provided. Also provided are antibodies, (or antigen-binding fragments) thereof that bind CD 105 and inhibit (partially or fully) or manage/treat (partially or fully) angiogenesis/neovascularization, dilation of small vessels, inhibition of cell proliferation or inhibition or tumor growth. Similarly, inhibition of CD 105 function (e.g., signaling, binding, activation, and the like) is also included within the meaning of inhibiting or binding CD 105. In yet another embodiment, an antibody inhibits angiogenesis by binding to CD 105.
  • the application also provides cell lines which can be used to produce the antibodies, methods for producing the cell lines, methods for expressing antibodies and purifying the same.
  • antibodies that specifically bind CD 105 generated using the methods described herein can be tested using the assays provided herein or known in the art for the ability to bind to CD 105 using conventional methods including, but not limited to, ELISA. Affinity of antibodies described herein can also be determined using conventional methods including, but not limited to, Biacore or surface plasmon resonance.
  • antibodies that bind CD 105 are also provided herein. Also provided herein are antibodies that bind CD 105 and inhibit angiogenesis.
  • an antibody comprising a light chain variable region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1, a light chain constant region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2, a heavy chain variable region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3 and a gamma 1 ( ⁇ ) constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4. set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a V L CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a V L CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a V L CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a V H CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a V H CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a V H CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
  • an isolated humanized, de-immunized anti- CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16.
  • Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23. The sequences are provided below in Example 17.
  • the present application provides an antibody capable of competing with an anti-CD 105 antibody described herein under conditions in which at least 5% of an antibody having the V H and V L sequences of the antibody is blocked from binding to CD 105 by competition with such an antibody in an ELISA assay.
  • neutralizing antibodies that bind to CD 105 and modulate the activity of CD 105.
  • the neutralizing antibody can for example, inhibit angiogenesis by binding to CD105.
  • Antibodies described herein are useful in detection or diagnostic applications as described in more detail below. Antibodies described herein are useful for binding to CD 105, which, in turn, can inhibit angiogenesis as described herein.
  • Antibodies described herein can further comprise a therapeutic moiety for use in therapeutic applications.
  • immunoconjugates can also be used as immunoconjugates.
  • immunoconjugates refer to conjugates comprised of the anti-CD 105 antibodies or fragments thereof according to the present invention and at least one therapeutic label.
  • Therapeutic labels include antitumor agents and angiogenesis-inhibitors.
  • antitumor agents are known in the art and include, but not limited to, toxins, drugs, enzymes, cytokines, radionuclides, photodynamic agents, and angiogenesis inhibitors.
  • Toxins include, but are not limited to, ricin A chain, mutant Pseudomonas exotoxins, diphtheria toxoid,
  • Drugs include daunorubicin, methotrexate, and calicheamicins.
  • Radionuclides include radiometals.
  • Cytokines include, but are not limited to, transforming growth factor (TGF)-P, interleukins, interferons, and tumor necrosis factors.
  • Photodynamic agents include, but are not limited to, porphyrins and their derivatives. Additional therapeutic labels will be known in the art and are also contemplated herein.
  • the methods for complexing the anti-CD 105 mAbs or a fragment thereof with at least one antitumor agent are well known to those skilled in the art (i.e., antibody conjugates as reviewed by Ghetie et al., 1994, Pharmacol. Ther. 63:209-34). Such methods may utilize one of several available heterobifunctional reagents used for coupling or linking molecules. Additional radionuclides are further described herein along with additional methods for linking molecules, such as therapeutic and diagnostic labels.
  • Antibodies can be modified using techniques known in the art for various purposes such as, for example, by addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG modification PEGylation
  • PEGylation can lead to one or more of improved circulation time, improved solubility, improved resistance to proteolysis, reduced antigenicity and immunogenicity, improved bioavailability, reduced toxicity, improved stability, and easier formulation (for a review see, Francis et al., International Journal of Hematology 68: 1-18, 1998).
  • Fc portions of antibodies can be modified to increase half-life of the in circulation in blood when administered to a patient. Modifications can be determined using conventional means in the art such as, for example, described in U.S. Patent No. 7,217,798, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • ADCC antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
  • CDC complement dependent cytotoxicity
  • antibodies that can bind CD 105 can be attached at their C-terminal end to all or part of an immunoglobulin heavy chain derived from any antibody isotype, e.g., IgG, IgA, IgE, IgD and IgM and any of the isotype sub-classes, particularly IgGl, IgG2b, IgG2a, IgG3 and IgG4.
  • the antibodies described herein can also be modified so that they are able to cross the blood-brain barrier.
  • Such modification of the antibodies described herein allows for the treatment of brain diseases such as glioblastoma multiforme (GBM).
  • GBM glioblastoma multiforme
  • Exemplary modifications to allow proteins such as antibodies to cross the blood-brain barrier are described in US Patent Publication 20070082380 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the removal of the fucose from the complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains is known to increase effector functions of the antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, including but not limited to, antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC).
  • ADCC antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
  • CDC complement dependent cytotoxicity
  • These "defucosylated" antibodies may be produced through a variety of systems utilizing molecular cloning techniques known in the art, including but not limited to, transgenic animals, transgenic plants, or cell-lines that have been genetically engineered so that they no longer contain the enzymes and biochemical pathways necessary for the inclusion of a fucose in the complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains (also known as fucosyltransferase knock-out animals, plants, or cells).
  • Non- limiting examples of cells that can be engineered to be fucosyltransferase knock-out cells include CHO cells, SP2/0 cells, NS0 cells, and Y
  • V variable
  • Sox and Hood reported that about 20% of human antibodies are glycosylated in the V region (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 66:975 (1970)).
  • Glycosylation of the V domain is believed to arise from fortuitous occurrences of the N-linked glycosylation signal Asn-Xaa-Ser/Thr in the V region sequence and has not been recognized in the art as playing a role in immunoglobulin function.
  • Glycosylation at a variable domain framework residue can alter the binding interaction of the antibody with antigen.
  • the present invention includes criteria by which a limited number of amino acids in the framework or CDRs of an immunoglobulin chain are chosen to be mutated (e.g. , by substitution, deletion, or addition of residues) in order to increase the affinity of an antibody.
  • Affinity for binding an antigen can, generally, be modulated by introducing one or more mutations into the V region framework, typically in areas adjacent to one or more CDRs and/or in one or more framework regions.
  • mutations involve the introduction of conservative amino acid substitutions that either destroy or create the glycosylation site sequences but do not substantially affect the hydropathic structural properties of the polypeptide.
  • mutations that introduce a proline residue are avoided.
  • Glycosylation of antibodies is further described in U.S. Patent No. 6,350,861, which is incorporated by reference herein with respect to glycosylation.
  • Antibodies can be formulated for short-term delivery or extended (long term) delivery.
  • Antibodies that bind to CD 105 can also be used for purification of CD 105 and/or to detect CD 105 levels in a sample or patient to detect or diagnose a disease or disorder associated with CD 105 as described in more detail below.
  • Antibodies which bind CD 105 generated using such methods can be tested for one or more of their binding affinity, avidity, and neutralizing capabilities. Useful antibodies can be used to administer a patient to prevent, inhibit, manage or treat a condition disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis.
  • Antibodies can be evaluated for one or more of binding affinity, association rates, disassociation rates and avidity.
  • antibodies can be evaluated for their ability to neutralize the activity of CD 105 or VEGF.
  • Measurement binding affinity, association rates, disassociation rates and avidity can be accomplished using art-recognized assays including, but not limited to, an enzyme-linked-immunosorbent assay (ELISA), Scatchard Analysis,
  • Measurement of binding of antibodies to CD105 and/or the ability of the antibodies, for example, to inhibit angiogenesis can be determined using, for example, an enzyme-linked- immunosorbent assay (ELISA), a competitive binding assay, an ELISPOT assay, or any other useful assay known in the art.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked- immunosorbent assay
  • ELISPOT assay an enzyme-linked- immunosorbent assay
  • an ELISA assay can be used to measure the binding capability of specific antibodies that bind to CD 105.
  • Assays such as an ELISA, also can be used to identify antibodies thereof which exhibit increased specificity for CD 105 in comparison to other antibodies thereof. Assays, such as an ELISA, also can be used to identify antibodies thereof with bind to epitopes across one or more polypeptides and across one or more species of CD 105 or VEGF.
  • the specificity assay can be conducted by running parallel ELISAs in which a test antibody is screened concurrently in separate assay chambers for the ability to bind one or more epitopes on different species of the polypeptide containing the CD 105 epitopes to identify antibodies thereof that bind to CD 105.
  • Antibodies that specifically bind to CD 105 can also be assayed for their ability to treat various diseases and conditions associated with angiogenesis in connection with various forms of cancer ⁇ e.g., primary tumors, recurring tumors, and metastases). Any suitable assay known to one of skill in the art can be used to monitor such effects. Several such techniques are described herein. In one example, the antibodies described herein are assayed for their ability to bind CD 105. In another example, affinity constants for the antibodies described herein are determined by surface plasmon resonance (SPR). In yet another example, the antibodies described herein are assayed for their effect on the inhibition of angiogenesis.
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • Formulations provided herein may include, in addition to active ingredient (anti- CD 105 antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof), a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabilizer, surfactant or other materials well known to those in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active
  • ingredient(s) The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration.
  • the present application provides formulations that may be used for intravenous or intraocular administration of, for example, treatment of cancers associated with CD 105 and ophthalmologic conditions. Binding, affinity, avidity and activity of an antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, to CD 105 described herein can be assessed using art recognized methods including, but not limited to, assays described supra and below in the Examples.
  • a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
  • the formulation is stable following preparation, which can be tested according to conventional means. Safe handling and administration of formulations comprising proteins represent significant challenges to pharmaceutical formulators. Proteins possess unique chemical and physical properties that present stability problems: a variety of degradation pathways exist for proteins, implicating both chemical and physical instability. Chemical instability includes deamination, aggregation, clipping of the peptide backbone, and oxidation of methionine residues. Physical instability encompasses many phenomena, including, for example, aggregation.
  • a “stable" formulation is one in which the protein therein essentially retains its physical stability and/or chemical stability and/or biological activity upon storage.
  • Various analytical techniques for measuring protein stability are available in the art and are reviewed in Peptide and Protein Drug Delivery, 247-301, Vincent Lee Ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., Pubs. (1991) and Jones, A. Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 10: 29-90 (1993), for example.
  • Stability can be measured at a selected temperature for a selected time period.
  • the formulation is stable at room temperature (about 30° C) or at 40° C for at least 1 month and/or stable at about 2-8° C for at least 1 year, or at least 2 years.
  • the formulation may be stable following freezing (to, e.g., -80° C) and thawing of the formulation.
  • a protein "retains its physical stability" in a pharmaceutical formulation if it shows no signs of aggregation, precipitation and/or denaturation upon visual examination of color and/or clarity, or as measured by UV light scattering or by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
  • a protein "retains its chemical stability" in a formulation, if the chemical stability at a given time is such that the protein is considered to still retain its biological activity as defined below.
  • Chemical stability can be assessed by detecting and quantifying chemically altered forms of the protein. Chemical alteration may involve size modification (e.g., clipping) which can be evaluated using size exclusion chromatography, SDS-PAGE and/or matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization/time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI/TOF MS), for example.
  • size modification e.g., clipping
  • MALDI/TOF MS matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization/time-of-flight mass spectrometry
  • chemical alteration examples include charge alteration (e.g., occurring as a result of deamidation) which can be evaluated by ion-exchange chromatography or capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing (cIEF), for example.
  • charge alteration e.g., occurring as a result of deamidation
  • cIEF capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing
  • An antibody "retains its biological activity” in a formulation, if the biological activity of the antibody at a given time is, for example, within about 50 to 150% (within the errors of the assay) of a biological activity exhibited at the time the formulation was prepared as determined in an antigen binding assay, for example.
  • Other "biological activity" assays for antibodies are elaborated below.
  • At least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be present as a monomer following storage at about 2 to 8° C for at least about 12 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC). Further art-recognized methods for assessing stability including, but not limited to, those described in the Examples are also contemplated herein.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may display about 50 to 150% binding by a CD 105 ELISA binding assay after storage at about 2 to 8 °C for at least about 12 months.
  • the average isoelectric point (pi) of the anti CD105 antibody may be from about 8.8 to about 9.2 after storage at 2 to 8° C for at least about 12 months, as measured by, for example, capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing.
  • the anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be stable for at least about 12 months, at least about 18 months, at least about 24 months, at least about 30 months, at least about 36 months, or more.
  • a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC following freezing and thawing cycles of the formulation.
  • a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC when subjected to agitation stress.
  • the anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof may comprise any sequence that of CDRs that are capable of binding to CD 105.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody is TRC105, which comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
  • the formulation may contain from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti- CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or any value therein including, but not limited to, about 2 mg/ml, about 5 mg/ml, about 7.5 mg/ml, about 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, about 25 mg/ml, about 30 mg/ml, about 35 mg/ml, about 40 mg/ml, about 45 mg/ml, about 50 mg/ml, about 55 mg/ml, about 60 mg/ml, about 65 mg/ml, about 70 mg/ml, about 75 mg/ml, about 80 mg/ml, about 85 mg/ml, about 90 mg/ml, about 95 mg/ml, about 100 mg/ml, about 105 mg/ml, about 110 mg/ml, about 115 mg/ml, about 120 mg/ml, about 125 mg/ml, about 130 mg/ml, about 135 mg/ml, about 140 mg
  • the formulation comprises about 25 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. In another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 50 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. In yet another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 100 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • Formulations as described herein may contain a buffering agent such as, for example, histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate.
  • Buffering agents may be included in an amount of about 5 mM to about 100 mM.
  • the formulation comprises about 5 mM, about 7.5 mM, about 10 mM, about 12.5 mM, about 15 mM, about 17.5 mM, 20 mM, about 22.5 mM, about 25 mM, about 30 mM, about 35 mM, about 40 mM, about 45 mM, about 50 mM, about 55 mM, about 60 mM, about 65 mM, about 70 mM, about 75 mM, about 80 mM, about 85 mM, about 90 mM, about 95 mM, about 100 mM, or any integer therein histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate.
  • buffer concentrations the term "about" means
  • Formulations may be prepared for any type of administration known for antibodies including, but not limited to, intravitreal and intravenous administration.
  • Formulations provided herein may further include an acceptable carrier or excipient including any carrier or excipient that is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and which is acceptable for administration to a patient.
  • a formulation provided herein is isotonic.
  • Representative isotonic formulations include, but are not limited to, those that are from about 250 to about 350 milliosmolar.
  • a formulation provided herein is hypertonic.
  • Representative hypertonic formulations include, but are not limited to, those that are from about 351 to about 1000 milliosmolar.
  • Polyols may be added to a formulation described herein in an amount of up to about 1 M.
  • the formulation may comprise polyol in an amount of about 50 mM, about 75 mM, about 100 mM, about 150 mM, about 200 mM, about 225 mM, about 240 mM, about 250 mM, about 300 mM, about 350 mM, about 400 mM, about 450 mM, about 500 mM, about 550 mM, about 600 mM, about 650 mM, about 700 mM, about 750 mM, about 800 mM, about 850 mM, about 900 mM, about 950 mM, about 1 M, or any integer therein.
  • a formulation provided herein contains polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of from about 100 mM to about 175 mM.
  • the formulation containing polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of about 130 mM.
  • the term "about” means ⁇ 2% of the indicated value.
  • a polyol to be used in the formulations provided herein may be a sugar such as, for example, a non-reducing sugar.
  • non-reducing sugars include, but are not limited to, trehalose and sucrose.
  • a formulation may comprise from about 200 mM to about 300 mM trehalose or sucrose. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose. Alternatively, the sugar may be sorbitol in an amount (concentration) of from about 200 mM to about 300 mM. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM sorbitol.
  • Phos phosphate buffered saline
  • His histidine
  • a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
  • a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5, or about 7.0.
  • the term "about”, when referring to pH refers to a pH ⁇ 0.05, 0.1, or 0.2.
  • formulations comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment, identified by the methods described herein can be prepared for storage by mixing the protein having the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients and/or stabilizers in the form of aqueous solutions (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)).
  • Acceptable carriers are physiologically acceptable to the administered patient and retain the therapeutic properties of the compounds with/in which it is administered. Acceptable carriers and their formulations are and generally described in, for example, Remington' pharmaceutical Sciences (18th Edition, ed. A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1990).
  • One exemplary carrier is physiological saline.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means an acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, and/or solvent involved in carrying or transporting the subject compounds from the administration site of one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • Each carrier is acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to a subject to whom it is administered. Nor should an acceptable carrier alter the specific activity of the subject compounds.
  • compositions including solvents (aqueous or non-aqueous), solutions, emulsions, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption promoting or delaying agents, compatible with administration.
  • compositions or formulations therefore, refer to a composition suitable for therapeutic and/or diagnostic use in a subject.
  • compositions and formulations include an amount of a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions can be formulated to be compatible with a particular route of
  • compositions include carriers, diluents, or excipients suitable for administration by various routes.
  • compositions can be administered, for example, by injection, including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravitreal, intradermal, intravenous, intra-arterial, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular injection.
  • Isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, and sodium chloride may be included in the composition.
  • the resulting solutions can be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized; the lyophilized preparation can later be combined with a sterile solution prior to administration.
  • the active ingredient can be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability.
  • a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability.
  • Suitable solutions using, for example, isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection. Preservatives, stabilizers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as needed.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating an active ingredient in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • a formulation described herein does not include surfactants.
  • a formulation described herein optionally includes a surfactant such as, for example, polysorbate 20 or 80, TWEEN ® , PLURONIC ® F68, or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • a surfactant such as, for example, polysorbate 20 or 80, TWEEN ® , PLURONIC ® F68, or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • compositions are considered for use in medicaments or any of the methods provided herein, it is contemplated that the composition can be substantially free of pyrogens such that the composition will not cause an inflammatory reaction or an unsafe allergic reaction when administered to a human patient.
  • Testing compositions for pyrogens and preparing compositions substantially free of pyrogens are well understood to one or ordinary skill of the art and can be accomplished using commercially available packages.
  • compositions that are physiologically tolerable and do not typically produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction, such as gastric upset, dizziness and the like, when administered to a subject.
  • unit dose when used in reference to a therapeutic composition refers to physically distinct units suitable as unitary dosage for subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required diluent; i.e., carrier, or vehicle.
  • compositions can be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • quantity to be administered depends on the subject to be treated, capacity of the subject's immune system to utilize the active ingredient, and degree of binding capacity desired. Precise amounts of active ingredient required to be administered depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Suitable regimes for initial administration and booster shots are also variable, but are typified by an initial administration followed by repeated doses at one or more hour intervals by a subsequent injection or other administration. Alternatively, continuous intravenous infusions sufficient to maintain concentrations in the blood are contemplated.
  • compositions described herein to make a medicament for treating a condition, disease or disorder described herein.
  • Medicaments can be formulated based on the physical characteristics of the patient/subject needing treatment, and can be formulated in single or multiple formulations based on the stage of the condition, disease or disorder.
  • Medicaments can be packaged in a suitable package with appropriate labels for the distribution to hospitals and clinics wherein the label is for the indication of treating a subject having a disease described herein.
  • Medicaments can be packaged as a single or multiple units. Instructions for the dosage and administration of the compositions can be included with the packages as described below.
  • a pre-filled syringe suitable for intravenous or intra vitreal administration comprising a formulation described herein.
  • Such pre-filled syringes may be packaged and labeled for use for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein.
  • Packages may further include directions for storage and administration.
  • a package containing one or more pre-filled syringes suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising the formulation of any of the preceding claims.
  • the preparation of a medicament containing a formulation described herein for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein.
  • a formulation of an antibody that preferentially binds to CD 105 comprising administering a composition containing an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, thereby preventing, treating, ameliorating, or lessening the disease or its severity.
  • An effective response of the present invention is achieved when the subject experiences stasis, or partial or total alleviation or reduction of signs or symptoms of illness, and specifically includes, without limitation, prolongation of survival.
  • the expected progression-free survival times may be measured in months to years, depending on prognostic factors including the number of relapses, stage of disease, and other factors.
  • Prolonging survival includes without limitation times of at least 1 month (mo), about at least 2 mos., about at least 3 mos., about at least 4 mos., about at least 6 mos., about at least 1 year (yr), about at least 2 years, about at least 3 years, about at least 4 years, about at least 5 years, etc., or any interval therein.
  • Overall or progression-free survival can be also measured in months to years.
  • an effective response may be that a subject's signs or symptoms or cancer burden remain static and do not worsen. Further indications of treatment of indications are described in more detail below.
  • compositions of antibodies described herein can be used as non-therapeutic agents ⁇ e.g., as affinity purification agents).
  • a protein of interest is immobilized on a solid phase such a Sephadex® resin or filter paper, using conventional methods known in the art.
  • the immobilized protein is contacted with a sample containing the target of interest (or fragment thereof) to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the target protein, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent, such as glycine buffer, pH 5.0, which will release the target protein.
  • compositions can be used for detection, diagnosis and therapy of diseases and disorders associated with CD 105.
  • Contacting is defined herein as a means of bringing a formulation as provided herein in physical proximity with a cell, organ, tissue or fluid as described herein. Contacting encompasses systemic or local administration of any of the formulations provided herein and includes, without limitation, in vitro, in vivo and/or ex vivo procedures and methods.
  • compositions with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers have been described in more detail above.
  • prevention refers to prophylaxis, prevention of onset of signs or symptoms, prevention of progression of a disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis or correlated with CD 105 activity.
  • diagnosed with stage 1 cancer may be administered a formulation described herein, thereby preventing progression of the cancer to stage 2.
  • a patient that is asymptomatic, but tests positive for one or cancer biomarkers may be administered a formulation described herein, thereby preventing progression of the cancer.
  • inhibition As used herein, “inhibition,” “treatment” and “treating” are used interchangeably and refer to, for example, stasis of signs or symptoms, prolongation of survival, partial or full amelioration of signs or symptoms, and partial or full eradication of a tumor or metastases.
  • a "subject" or “patient” ⁇ e.g., a mammal such as a human or a non-human animal such as a primate, rodent, cow, horse, pig, sheep, camel, llama, etc.
  • a subject may be asymptomatic and yet still have clinical manifestations of the disease or disorder.
  • An antibody can be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety or be a fusion protein containing a therapeutic moiety.
  • An antibody can be conjugated to a detectable moiety or be a fusion protein containing a detectable moiety.
  • the antibody can be conjugated to both a therapeutic moiety and a detectable moiety.
  • An antibody can be conjugated to, or recombinantly engineered with, an affinity tag ⁇ e.g., a purification tag).
  • Affinity tags are conventional in the art.
  • Antibodies or thereof provided herein are such that they can be conjugated or linked to a therapeutic moiety and/or an imaging or a detectable moiety and/or an affinity tag. Methods for conjugating or linking polypeptides are well known in the art. Associations (binding) between compounds and labels include any means known in the art including, but not limited to, covalent and non-covalent interactions, chemical conjugation as well as recombinant techniques.
  • angiogenesis is used herein to include all aspects of blood vessel maintenance and development.
  • angiogenesis includes the formation of new capillary blood vessels (whether de novo or from preexisting vessels) leading to neovascularization as well as the maintenance and control of the existing vasculature and small blood vessels.
  • Angiogenesis is a complex process which includes a series of sequential steps including endothelial cell-mediated degradation of vascular basement membrane and interstitial matrices, migration of endothelial cells, proliferation of endothelial cells, and formation of capillary loops by endothelial cells.
  • Angiogenesis is inclusive of the growth and/or development of new blood vessels (also referred to as neovascularization), dilation of the small vessels, excessive or prolonged vascular growth, and maintenance of the existing vasculature.
  • angiogenesis-associated disease is used herein to mean certain pathological processes in humans where angiogenesis is abnormally prolonged. This further includes angiogenesis conditions and diseases, such as those diseases and conditions related to, caused by, or associated with angiogenesis. Non-limiting examples of such diseases include various forms of cancers and metastases, macular degeneration and CNV.
  • the antibodies described herein can be used to treat an angiogenesis-associated disease by binding CD 105 and inhibiting angiogenesis.
  • anti-angiogenic therapy is used herein to mean therapy targeted to cells and/or vasculature expressing CD 105 (expressed at higher levels on proliferating vasculature as compared to quiescent vasculature); this further includes therapy that is directed against angiogenesis (i.e., the formation of new capillary blood vessels leading to neovascularization), therapy that is directed against existing vasculature and/or excessive vascularization or blood vessel growth, therapy directed towards the dilation of small vessels, and therapy directed to a disease or condition (e.g., vascular targeting therapy).
  • vascular targeting therapy e.g., vascular targeting therapy.
  • Exemplary diseases or conditions contemplated within the invention include, but are not limited to, various forms of cancer and metastases.
  • angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, a cancer or a metastasis.
  • the cancer is a solid tumor.
  • Cancers to be treated include, for example, an epithelial based tumor.
  • Non-limiting examples of cancers to be treated with such formulations include, but are not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a uterine cancer, a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), a sarcoma, a myeloma, and a lymphoma.
  • Formulations for treatment of a cancer or a metastasis may be administered to the patient intravenously.
  • an angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, is an ophthalmologic condition.
  • Ophthalmologic conditions include, but are not limited to, age- related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema and/or choroidal
  • Age related macular degeneration may be wet AMD or dry AMD.
  • Formulations for treatment of an ophthalmologic condition may be administered to the patient intravitreally.
  • the formulation may be administered to a patient one or more times.
  • the formulation may be administered once per day, once per week, once per month, once bi-monthly, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every 5 months, or once every 6 months.
  • Treatment schedules may be increased or decreased as needed depending upon the response of the patient to the treatment.
  • a formulation is administered until one or more signs or symptoms of the angiogenesis-related disease are reduced.
  • the one or more signs or symptoms may include, but not be limited to, shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing of signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
  • treatment may result in improvement of the patient's condition and treatment can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
  • Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%), about 90%>, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • a method of treating an ophthalmologic condition in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said ophthalmologic condition are ameliorated by the treatment.
  • Administration of the formulation may be intravitreal administration.
  • Also provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or metastasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said cancer or metastasis are ameliorated.
  • Administration of the formulation may be intravenous administration.
  • recurrence refers to the return of a cancer or disease after clinical assessment of the disappearance of disease. A diagnosis of distant metastasis or local recurrence can be considered a relapse.
  • maintenance therapy refers to scheduled retreatment that is given to help maintain a previous treatment's effects. Maintenance therapy is often given to help keep cancer in remission or prolong a response to a specific therapy regardless of disease progression.
  • progression-free survival in oncology refers to the length of time during and after treatment that a cancer does not progress. Progression-free survival includes the amount of time patients have experienced a complete response or a partial response, as well as the amount of time patients have experienced stable disease.
  • provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or a metastasis in a subject by administering any of the compositions provided herein to a patient suffering from cancer or metastasis.
  • a patient can be symptomatic or asymptomatic.
  • administration of the composition prolongs life of the patient being treated, reduces tumor volume, eliminates a tumor, decreases cell proliferation, increases apoptosis of tumor cells, or a combination thereof.
  • the methods can further include surgical removal of the cancer and/or administration of an additional anti-cancer agent or treatment.
  • Anti-cancer agents have been provided elsewhere herein.
  • signs or symptoms of the patient suffering from cancer are ameliorated.
  • Amelioration can be manifested as, for example, reduction in pain, reduced tumor size, elimination of tumors, prevention of increases in tumor size or progression or of disease, prevention of formation of metastasis, or inhibition of metastatic growth, or a combination thereof.
  • administration of a formulation described herein reduces or eliminates the need for the patient to undergo surgery or treatment with one or more additional anti-cancer agents or treatments.
  • compositions containing an anti-CD 105 antibody can be administered sequentially or simultaneously with a composition containing an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof).
  • administrations include, but are not limited to, administration within about 12 weeks of each other, within about 8 weeks of each other, within about 4 weeks of each other, within about 3 weeks of each other, within about 2 weeks of each other, within about a week of each other, within a day of each other, within about 12 hours of each other, within about 6 hours of each other, within about 3 hours of each other, within about 1 hour of each other, within about 30 minutes of each other, on the same day, at the same time, or a combination thereof.
  • doses of each can be empirically determined using known doses and concentrations based on the age, height, weight, health and other physical characteristics of a subject using standards of commercially available products.
  • Formulations can be administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount that are effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by inhibiting a disease or disorder at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
  • the formulations can be formulated by methodology known by one in the art.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is an amount achieves at least partially a desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in an organ or tissue.
  • the amount of an anti- CD 105 antibody or an anti-VEGF antibody necessary to bring about prevention and/or therapeutic treatment of a disease or disorder is not fixed per se.
  • the amount of antibody administered may vary with the type of disease, extensiveness of the disease, and size of the mammal suffering from the disease or disorder.
  • administering is referred to herein as providing one or more formulations to a patient in a manner that results in the formulation being inside the patient's body.
  • Such an administration can be by any route including, without limitation, locally, regionally or systemically by subcutaneous, intravitreal, intradermal, intravenous, intra-arterial,
  • intraperitoneal, or intramuscular administration e.g., injection.
  • Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the formulations can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, formulation, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
  • the selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular formulation employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • the dose(s) of an antibody can be administered twice a week, weekly, every 2 weeks, every 3 weeks, every 4 weeks, every 6 weeks, every 8 weeks, every 12 weeks, every 24 weeks or any combination of weeks therein.
  • Dosing cycles are also contemplated such as, for example, administering antibodies once or twice a week for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 weeks, followed by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 weeks without therapy.
  • cycling time between treatments can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 months.
  • Additional dosing cycles including, for example, different combinations of the doses and weekly cycles described herein are also contemplated within the invention.
  • a physician or veterinarian can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount (ED50) of the formulation required.
  • the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds employed in the formulation at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
  • a dose can remain constant.
  • Formulations can be administered to a patient by any convenient route such as described above. Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which can be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the formulations, are formulated into acceptable dosage forms such as described below or by other conventional methods known to those in the art.
  • Data obtained from cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration arrange that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition) as determined in cell culture.
  • Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans.
  • Formulations containing combinations of compounds can also be assessed using any of these methods.
  • the invention contemplates inhibition of angiogenesis in a tissue.
  • the extent of angiogenesis in a tissue and, therefore, the extent of inhibition achieved can be evaluated by a variety of methods, such as are described herein.
  • the unique specificity of the antibodies which recognize (e.g., preferentially bind) CD 105 or VEGF and inhibits angiogenesis provides diagnostic and therapeutic uses for diseases characterized by angiogenesis (neovascularization), small vessel dilation, excessive
  • Antibodies can be administered to a subject suffering from various forms of cancer (primary tumors and metastases).
  • a subject can also be treated with one or more additional angiogenesis inhibitors.
  • angiogenesis inhibitor is used herein, for purposes of the specification and claims, to mean a compound or molecule including, but not limited to, peptides, proteins, enzymes, polysaccharides, oligonucleotides, DNA, R A, recombinant vectors, and drugs which function to inhibit angiogenesis.
  • Angiogenesis inhibitors are known in the art and all types are contemplated herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds and molecules include natural and synthetic biomolecules such as paclitaxel, O-(chloroacetyl-carbomyl) fumagillol ("TNP-470” or “AGM 1470”), thrombospondin-1, thrombospondin-2, angiostatin, human chondrocyte-derived inhibitor of angiogenesis (“hCHIAMP”), cartilage-derived angiogenic inhibitor, platelet factor- 4, gro-beta, human interferon-inducible protein 10 ("IP 10"), interleukin 12, Ro 318220, tricyclodecan-9-yl xanthate (“D609”), irsogladine, 8,9-dihydroxy-7-methyl-benzo[b]
  • TNP-470 O-(chloroacetyl-carbomyl) fumagillol
  • thrombospondin-1 thrombospondin-2
  • angiostatin human chondrocyte-derived inhibitor of angiogenesis
  • quinolizinium bromide (“GPA 1734"), medroxyprogesterone, a combination of heparin and cortisone, glucosidase inhibitors, genistein, thalidomide, diamino-antraquinone, herbimycin, ursolic acid, and oleanolic acid.
  • Non-limiting examples of antibodies include those directed towards molecules such as VEGF, VEGF receptor, or different epitopes of CD 105. Additionally, small molecular inhibitors of VEGF receptor are known and contemplated herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include ranibizumab, aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, pegaptanib and pazopanib.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include ranibizumab, aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, pegaptanib and pazopanib.
  • Multiple combinations of these VEGF receptor inhibitors can be administered with the formulations described herein. In one embodiment, combinations may result in the use of lower doses for the described antibodies or antigen binding. Such alterations in dosing may result from synergistic effects of the combinations of the antibodies.
  • CD 105 is associated with tumor angiogenesis and is strongly up-regulated in the endothelium of various tumor tissues compared with that in normal tissues. CD 105 is up- regulated in a wide range of tumor endothelia. Additionally, there is stronger expression of CD 105 in tumor endothelium than corresponding normal tissues. Thus, the inhibition of angiogenesis with anti-CD 105 antibodies represents a treatment option for cancerous tumors.
  • the formulations described herein can be used to treat cancerous tumors and metastases. The formulations can also be used in the formulations of medicaments for the treatment cancerous tumors and metastases.
  • VEGF represents one target for antitumor therapies because its expression is
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor receptor
  • VEGF receptor-targeted agents indirectly block tumor growth, through the inhibition of new vessel formation. Inhibiting VEGF-induced angiogenesis can exert an anti-tumor or improved anti-tumor effect without significantly inhibiting VEGF stimulation of macrophages, osteoclasts or chondroclasts.
  • tumor is used herein to refer to a cancerous tissue expressing CD 105 and/or VEGF (as compared to expression by normal tissue of the same type). Tumors can include solid tumors and semi-solid tumors.
  • Non-limiting examples of tumors include human leukemias, including non-T-cell-type (non-T) acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), myelo-monocytic leukemia; and human solid and semi-solid tumors, with its surrounding vasculature expressing CD 105 at moderate to high levels (as compared to expression by normal tissue of the same type) including angiosarcoma, breast carcinoma, stomach cancer, colon carcinoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, lymphoma, glioblastoma multiforme (GBM), lung carcinoma, melanoma, myeloma, lymphoma, osteosarcoma, ovarian carcinoma, parotid tumor, pharyngeal carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, renal carcinoma, and rectosigmoid carcinoma.
  • human leukemias including non-T-cell-type (non-T) acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), myelo-monocytic le
  • a cancerous tissue to be treated is, for example, an endothelial tissue expressing an abnormal level of CD 105 and/or VEGF.
  • the tumor tissue does not obtain the required nutrients, slows in growth, ceases additional growth, regresses and ultimately becomes necrotic resulting in killing of the tumor.
  • Provided herein are methods of inhibiting tumor neovascularization by inhibiting tumor angiogenesis. Similarly, provided herein are methods of inhibiting tumor growth.
  • the methods are also particularly effective against the formation of metastases because their formation requires vascularization of a primary tumor so that the metastatic cancer cells can exit the primary tumor and their establishment in a secondary site requires
  • a "subject suffering from a cancer/metastasis" of the invention may express a mutant protein (tumor associated antigen) or a mutant gene and not yet be symptomatic for the disease.
  • a subject with a mutant K-ras protein in some cells of the colon is a subject to be treated even though that subject may not yet be symptomatic for colon cancer.
  • "Signs or symptoms of illness” represent clinically recognized manifestations or indications of disease.
  • treating a subject suffering from tumor or metastasis, it is meant that the subject's signs or symptoms are partially alleviated, totally alleviated, or remain static following treatment.
  • a patient that has been treated can exhibit a partial or total alleviation of tumor load. This is intended to encompass prophylaxis, therapy and cure.
  • a subject suffering from a highly metastatic cancer e.g., breast cancer
  • additional metastasis either do not occur, or are reduced in number as compared to a subject who does not receive treatment.
  • a subject is treated where the subject's solid cancer either becomes reduced in size or does not increase in size as compared to a subject who does not receive treatment.
  • the number of cancer cells in a treated subject either does not increase or is reduced as compared to the number of cancer cells in a subject who does not receive treatment.
  • Improvement can also be defined, for example, as decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, and/or increased survival of the subject being treated.
  • Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
  • a tumor or cancer to be treated in the methods described herein includes, but is not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a brain cancer (e.g., glioblastoma multiforme, "GBM" or a glioma) a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), an penile cancer, a stomach cancer, a thyroid cancer, a bladder cancer, a sarcoma, a carcinoma, a myeloma, and lymphoma.
  • a lung cancer e.g., glioblastoma multiforme, "GBM" or a glioma
  • GBM glioblastoma multiforme
  • a tumor to be treated is a solid or semi-solid tumor.
  • a tumor to be treated is a primary tumor.
  • a tumor to be treated is a metastatic tumor.
  • a tumor or cancer to be treated is of epithelial origin.
  • the cancer to be treated is myeloma.
  • the cancer to be treated is ovarian cancer.
  • the cancer to be treated is kidney/renal cancer.
  • the cancer to be treated is
  • Compounds can be, as needed, administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic treatments including, but not limited to, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, paclitaxel, pemetrexed, temozolomide, oxaliplatin, cetuximab, panitumumab, sorafenib, sunitinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, 5-fluorouracil, irinotecan, topotecan, leucovorin, bortezumib, lenalidomide, thalidomide, capecitabine, docetaxel and many other conventional cancer therapies described herein.
  • additional therapeutic treatments including, but not limited to, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, paclitaxel, pemetrexed, temozolomide, oxaliplatin, cetuximab, panitumumab, sorafenib, sunitinib, ge
  • radiation refers to, for example, microwaves, ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR), or alpha-, beta- or gamma-radiation. Radiation can be "focused” or locally delivered using conventional techniques to target radiation to the site of one or more tumors without radiating the entire body.
  • UV ultraviolet
  • IR infrared
  • alpha-, beta- or gamma-radiation can be "focused” or locally delivered using conventional techniques to target radiation to the site of one or more tumors without radiating the entire body.
  • the cancer is ovarian cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, chemotherapy (e.g., doxorubicin, doxorubicin HC1 liposome, gemcitabine, and platinum-based chemotherapeutics such as cisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin), melphalan, topoisomerase I inhibitors such as topotecan and irinotecan, taxane- based therapy, hormones, radiation therapy, whole body hypothermia, isoflavone derivatives, cytotoxic macrolides such as epothilones, angiogenesis inhibitors such as bevacizumab, signal transduction inhibitors such as trastuzumab, gene therapy, RNAi therapy, immunotherapy, monoclonal antibodies, phosphatidylinositol-like kinase inhibitors such as rapamycin, or any combination thereof.
  • chemotherapy e.g., doxorubicin, doxorubicin HC1 lip
  • the cancer is renal/kidney cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, chemotherapy, pazopanib, interferon-alpha or IL-2.
  • the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include those described above, aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib.
  • the combination therapy of the antibodies described herein with the kidney cancer therapies may also provide for lower doses of either therapy, or both, due to a synergistic effect from the co -administration of the therapies.
  • the cancer is myeloma and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy, bortezomib, lenalidomide, or thalidomide.
  • the dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
  • the cancer is prostate cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy (e.g., external beam or brachytherapy), hormonal deprivation (androgen suppression including with abiraterone), heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) inhibitors, chemotherapy (e.g., docetaxel, estramustine, platinum-based chemotherapy such as cisplatin, carboplatin, satraplatin and oxaliplatin), prednisone or prednisolone, cholesterol- lowering drugs such as statins, leutinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists, RNAi therapy, dendritic cell-based therapies, whole tumor cells genetically modified to secrete granulocyte macrophage - colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as GVAX), or any combination thereof.
  • the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept sunitinib,
  • the cancer is lung cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy (e.g., thoracic radiotherapy, radiation therapy with charged particles, Uracil-tegafur and Platinum-based chemotherapy (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, etc.) and vinorebline, erlotinib, gefitinib , anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies (e.g., cetuximab), small molecule inhibitors of tyrosine kinases, direct inhibitors of proteins involved in lung cancer cell proliferation, Aurora kinase inhibitors, laser- induced thermotherapy, RNAi therapy, whole tumor cells genetically modified to secrete granulocyte macrophage - colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as GVAX), or any combination thereof.
  • radiotherapy e.g., thoracic radiotherapy, radiation therapy with charged particles, Uracil-tegafur and Platinum-based chemotherapy (e.g., cisp
  • Additional therapeutic treatments include paclitaxel or pemetrexed.
  • the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with
  • the cancer is breast cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, monoclonal antibodies (e.g., Her-2 antibodies, herceptin), adjuvant chemotherapy such as single agent chemotherapy or combination chemotherapy (e.g., anthracycline- and taxane -based polychemotherapies), or target-specific trastuzumab with or without endocrine manipulation with or without PMRT, vinorelbine), adriamycin,
  • monoclonal antibodies e.g., Her-2 antibodies, herceptin
  • adjuvant chemotherapy such as single agent chemotherapy or combination chemotherapy (e.g., anthracycline- and taxane -based polychemotherapies)
  • target-specific trastuzumab with or without endocrine manipulation with or without PMRT, vinorelbine
  • adriamycin adriamycin
  • cyclophosphamide capecitabine, docetaxel
  • selective estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and raloxifene
  • allosteric estrogen receptor modulators such as trilostane
  • radiation e.g., interstitial brachytherapy, Mammosite device, 3-dimensional conformal external radiation and intraoperative radiotherapy
  • Aromatase inhibitors that suppress total body synthesis e.g., anastrozole, exemestane and letrozole
  • RNAi therapy intravenous analogs of rapamycin that are immunosuppressive and anti -proliferative such as temsirolimus, or any combination thereof.
  • the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
  • the cancer is colon cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy (e.g., 5-fluorouracil, levamisole, leucovorin or semustine (methyl CCNU)), N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]acridine-4- carboxamide and other related carboxamide anticancer drugs; non-topoisomerase II inhibitors, irinotecan, liposomal topotecan, taxane class of anticancer agents (e.g., paclitaxel or docetaxel), a compound of the xanthenone acetic acid class (e.g., 5,6-dimethylanthenone-4-acetic acid PMAA), laminarin, site-selective cyclic AMP Analogs (e.g., 8-chloroadenosine 3',5'-cyclic phosphate), pyranoindole inhibitors of Cox-2, carbazo
  • chemotherapy e.g.
  • etodolac, and oxaprozin an inhibitor of HER-2/neu, RNAi therapy, GM-CSF, monoclonal antibodies (e.g., anti-Her-2/neu antibodies, anti-CEA antibodies, A33 (HB 8779), 100-210 (HB 11764) and 100-310 (HB 11028)), cetuximab, panitumumab, hormonal therapy, pyrimidineamines, camptothecin derivatives (e.g., CPT-11), folinic acid (FA), gemcitabine, Ara-C, platinum-based chemotherapeutics such as cisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin, a cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitor, or any combination thereof.
  • monoclonal antibodies e.g., anti-Her-2/neu antibodies, anti-CEA antibodies, A33 (HB 8779), 100-210 (HB 11764) and 100-310 (HB 11028)
  • cetuximab panitumuma
  • the additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of 5- fluorouracil, leucovorin and oxaliplatin (FOLFOX). In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of 5-fluorouracil, irinotecan and leucovorin (IFL). In one embodiment, the additional agent is cetuximab. In one embodiment, the additional agent is panitumumab. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non- limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiation therapy, 5- fluorouracil and radiation therapy, systemic therapy, stenting, gemcitabine, gemcitabine and radiation therapy, cetuximab, erlotinib, chemoradiation, or any combination thereof.
  • the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor.
  • VEGF receptor inhibitors include afliberceipt, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib.
  • Patients can be assessed with respect to signs or symptoms at one or more multiple time points including prior to, during, and after treatment regimens. Treatment can result in improving the subject's condition and can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased tumor size, decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, decreased neovascularization, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder. One or more of these occurrences may, in some cases, result in partial or total elimination of the cancer and/or prolongation of survival of the patient. Alternatively, for terminal stage cancers, treatment may result in stasis of disease, better quality of life and/or prolongation of survival. [00281] When compositions are administered sequentially, a composition comprising an anti- CD 105 antibody described herein can be, for example, administered prior to and/or after an anti- VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof).
  • compositions When compositions are administered simultaneously, a composition containing an anti- CD 105 antibody can be administered at the same site, or at a different site than a composition containing an anti-VEGF antibody.
  • compositions containing an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof), capable of inhibiting one or more of the biological activities of CD 105 and VEGF, respectively, such as mitogenic activity, cell proliferation, tumor growth, neovascularization, or angiogenic activity.
  • treatment regimens may include one or more
  • a composition can be any composition described herein.
  • a composition can be any composition described herein.
  • compositions administered in a single dose or multiple doses.
  • Administration of separate compositions may be by the same route or by different routes.
  • a composition is administered every 1 to 3 weeks for 6 to 12 cycles or until tumor progression.
  • the method can further include the step of administering a composition each of 1 to 12 weeks for up to 2 years.
  • the concurrent administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen- binding fragment thereof) occurs at week 1, followed by additional administration of the compositions at week 1, 2, 3 or 4, wherein the concurrent administration is repeated for 6 to 12 cycles or until tumor progression and followed by administration of the compositions each 1 to 12 weeks for up to 2 years.
  • the method includes surgical removal of the cancer and administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) at 1 to 3 weeks for 12 months or until tumor progression followed by concurrent administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) in a dose at 1 to 12 weeks.
  • an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody can be repeated every 1 to 3 weeks for up to 6 cycles.
  • the method further includes administering an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) each of one to twelve weeks for up to two years.
  • treatment regimens can be combined with monitoring methods provided herein to determine if and when additional doses of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) need be administered.
  • Combination therapy may provide a synergistic and/or beneficial effect or may allow lower doses of a combination to provide a greater margin of safety.
  • the invention encompasses treatment protocols that enhance the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) for preventing, managing, treating or ablation of cancer or other diseases.
  • an additional therapeutic treatment such as, for example, an angiogenesis inhibitor (as described herein) is administered to a subject.
  • the composition containing such an additional therapeutic treatment can be administered in combination (either sequentially or simultaneously) with the other compositions described herein.
  • an additional therapeutic treatment includes surgical removal of the cancer, irradiation, one or more chemotherapeutic agents, or a combination thereof, and concurrent administration of one or more compositions described herein.
  • administration of a composition can be, for example, a 20 minute intravenous infusion.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, choroidal neovascularization, macular edema or neovascular glaucoma in a patient by administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount one or more of the formulations provided herein.
  • Macular degeneration is the loss of photoreceptors in the portion of the central retina, termed the macula, responsible for high-acuity vision. Degeneration of the macula is associated with abnormal deposition of extracellular matrix components and other debris in the membrane between the retinal pigment epithelium and the vascular choroid. This debris-like material is termed drusen. Drusen is observed with a funduscopic eye examination. Normal eyes may have maculas free of drusen, yet drusen may be abundant in the retinal periphery. The presence of soft drusen in the macula, in the absence of any loss of macular vision, is considered an early stage of AMD.
  • Macular degeneration is characterized by choroidal neovascularization (CNV), the development of abnormal blood vessels beneath the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) layer of the retina. These vessels break through the Bruch's membrane, disrupting the retinal pigmented epithelium, bleed, and eventually cause macular scarring which results in profound loss of central vision (disciform scarring).
  • CNV choroidal neovascularization
  • RPE retinal pigment epithelium
  • Choroidal neovascularization commonly occurs in macular degeneration in addition to other ocular disorders and is associated with proliferation of choroidal endothelial cells, overproduction of extracellular matrix, and formation of a fibrovascular subretinal membrane. Retinal pigment epithelium cell proliferation and production of angiogenic factors appears to effect choroidal neovascularization.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is an ocular disorder characterized by excessive DR
  • angiogenesis that develops in diabetes due to thickening of capillary basement membranes, and lack of contact between pericytes and endothelial cells of the capillaries.
  • Loss of pericytes increases leakage of the capillaries and leads to breakdown of the blood-retina barrier.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is the result of microvascular retinal changes. Hyperglycemia-induced pericyte death and thickening of the basement membrane lead to incompetence of the vascular walls. These damages change the formation of the blood-retinal barrier and also make the retinal blood vessels become more permeable. Small blood vessels - such as those in the eye - are especially vulnerable to poor blood sugar (blood glucose) control.
  • Fibrovascular proliferation can also cause tractional retinal detachment.
  • the new blood vessels can also grow into the angle of the anterior chamber of the eye and cause neovascular glaucoma.
  • Proliferative vitreoretinopathy is associated with cellular proliferation of cellular and fibrotic membranes within the vitreous membranes and on the surfaces of the retina. Retinal pigment epithelium cell proliferation and migration is common with this ocular disorder.
  • the membranes associated with proliferative vitreoretinopathy contain extracellular matrix components such as collagen types I, II, and IV and fibronectin, and become progressively fibrotic.
  • Age-related macular degeneration (AMD) and diabetic retinopathy are the two leading causes of blindness in the developed world.
  • Aflibercept, ranibizumab, and pegaptanib have improved the treatment options available for AMD patients.
  • Ranibizumab is a Fab
  • alfibercept is a fusion protein. They both bind vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and have demonstrated the most impressive results to date treating AMD; however, only a minority of treated patients experience a significant improvement in visual acuity.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • Anti-angiogenic therapy focused on a target other than VEGF may overcome some of the limitations associated with agents that target the VEGF pathway.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can be used to treat or prevent macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy. Described herein are methods of treating or preventing macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema or proliferative vitreoretinopathy via the administration of the antibodies described herein.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also shrink blood vessels, inhibit endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clear signs or symptoms of bleeding, treat cloudy vision, provide stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or prevent leakage of blood vessels.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also be used in medicaments for the treatment of macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
  • anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also be used in combination with known therapies and/or compounds for the treatment of macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy. Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to, ranibizumab, aflibercept, and pegaptanib.
  • the anti-CD 105 antibodies can be administered via intravitreal routes. Non- limiting examples of intravitreal modes of administration include intravitreal injection and the use of intravitreal implants.
  • Treatment includes, but is not limited to, decreasing the macular edema, decreased areas of CNV, and increased visual acuity. Measurements of signs or symptoms are as known in the art and are further described in the examples below.
  • the formulations described herein can be administered alone or in combination with one or more additional active or inactive agents.
  • additional active or inactive agents When combinations are used, simultaneous or sequential administration of the anti-CD 105 antibodies and the anti-VEGF antibodies (antigen-binding fragments thereof) can be used.
  • Formulations described herein can be assessed in a variety of in vitro, in vivo and ex vivo assays. Any suitable assay known to one of skill in the art can be used to monitor such effects. Several such techniques are described herein.
  • CD 105 is a member of the TGF- ⁇ receptor family that is expressed by proliferating endothelial cells, and normal levels of CD 105 are needed for endothelial cell proliferation.
  • CD 105 is strongly expressed in the angiogenic vasculature of solid tumors, is involved in angiogenesis/vascular development and is an ancillary transforming growth factor ⁇ (TGF- ⁇ ) receptor.
  • CD 105 is a homodimeric cell membrane glycoprotein that is expressed on leukemia cells and endothelial cells.
  • CD 105 expression is increased by cellular hypoxia through the production of hypoxia- inducible factor- 1 -a (HIF-l-a) and protects hypoxic cells from apoptosis.
  • CD 105 acts to modulate signaling of multiple kinase receptor complexes of the TGF- ⁇ superfamily, including TGF- ⁇ receptors (TGF- ⁇ ), activin receptor-like kinases (ALK) and activin receptors.
  • TGF- ⁇ TGF- ⁇ receptors
  • ALK activin receptor-like kinases
  • activation of TGF- ⁇ receptors results in phosphorylation of SMAD proteins that inhibit endothelial cell growth.
  • TGF- ⁇ modulates SMAD protein phosphorylation. The end result is release of the growth inhibitory effects of TGF- ⁇ receptor activation on endothelial cells.
  • TGF ⁇ /ALK5 signaling pathway (A) leads to inhibition of cell proliferation and migration, whereas the TGF- ⁇ /ALKl pathway (B) induces endothelial cell proliferation and migration.
  • CD 105 an accessory TGF- ⁇ receptor, highly expressed during angiogenesis, is essential for ALK1 signaling. In the absence of CD 105, TGF ⁇ /ALK5 signaling is predominant and maintains quiescent
  • High CD 105 expression stimulates the ALK1 pathway and indirectly inhibits ALK5 signaling, thus promoting the activation state of angiogenesis.
  • the antibodies can be assessed with respect to inhibiting angiogenesis and endothelial cell proliferation. Binding of anti-CD 105 antibodies to HUVECs does not prevent subsequent binding of TGF- ⁇ to HUVECs. Thus, direct suppression of the endothelial cell growth by anti-CD 105 antibodies represents one of the underlying mechanisms by which anti-angiogenic and tumor-suppressive effects are observed in vivo. In another embodiment, the antibodies can be assessed with respect to blocking angiogenesis by preventing Smadl/5/8 phosphorylation and/or signaling.
  • CD 105 participates in the promotion of angiogenesis through signaling of the TGF- ⁇ / ⁇ , ⁇ , which in turn involves the decrease and/or blockage of the phosphorylation of Smad2/3 proteins.
  • the antibodies can be assessed with respect to blocking angiogenesis by enhancing Smad2/3 phosphorylation and/or signaling.
  • Methods and techniques to assay the blocking or inhibitory effect of the antibodies provided herein on the TGF ⁇ /ALKl signaling pathway and/or the phosphorylation of Smadl/5 include, but are not limited to, known molecular techniques.
  • western blotting with antibodies specific to any of the proteins in the TGF ⁇ /ALK5 or TGF ⁇ /ALKl pathways can be used to determine the inhibitory and/or stimulatory effect of the anti-CD 105 antibodies disclosed herein on the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF-p/ALKl pathways.
  • detection of mRNA or regulation of the mRNA for the proteins involved in the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF- ⁇ /ALKl pathways can be used to assay the inhibitory and/or stimulatory effect of the antibodies disclosed herein. Additional methods for the assaying cell signaling for the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF-p/ALKl pathways are known in the art and are contemplated herein.
  • Activity of the anti-CD 105 antibodies disclosed herein can be assessed using art recognized assays by, for example, binding assays such ELISAs, competitive ELISAs, surface plasmon resonance, and effect on HUVEC cells as described in more detail below.
  • MDA- MB-435 tumor cells (0.4x 10 6 cells/mouse) in 50 ⁇ PBS are orthotopically implanted in the mammary fat pad of female nude mice (five to six weeks old).
  • mice are randomized (at least 10/group) and intravenous or intraperitoneal treatment with one or more antibodies at 1 ⁇ g (0.05 mg/kg) per dose, 10 ⁇ g (0.5 mg/kg), 100 ⁇ g (5 mg/kg) or 200 ⁇ g (10 mg/kg), or 100 ⁇ g control antibody in 100 ⁇ PBS, or vehicle PBS 100 ⁇ twice per week is initiated; in some studies, an untreated group can also be evaluated.
  • BALB/c syngeneic mouse models can also be utilized to assess tumor growth and inhibition thereof by the antibodies or described herein as exemplified by, for example, Tsujie et al, Int. J. Oncology, 29: 1087-1094 (2006).
  • Another assay measures angiogenesis in a chimeric mouse:human mouse model and is referred to as the chimeric mouse assay.
  • the assay has been described in detail by others, and further has been described herein to measure angiogenesis, neovascularization, and regression of tumor tissues. See Yan, et al. (1993) J. Clin. Invest. 91 :986-996.
  • the chimeric mouse assay is a useful assay model for in vivo angiogenesis because the transplanted skin grafts closely resemble normal human skin histologically and
  • neovascularization of whole tissue is occurring wherein actual human blood vessels are growing from the grafted human skin into the human tumor tissue on the surface of the grafted human skin.
  • the origin of the neovascularization into the human graft can be demonstrated by immunohistochemical staining of the neovasculature with human-specific endothelial cell markers.
  • the chimeric mouse assay demonstrates regression of neovascularization based on both the amount and extent of regression of new vessel growth. Furthermore, it is easy to monitor effects on the growth of any tissue transplanted upon the grafted skin, such as a tumor tissue. Finally, the assay is useful because there is an internal control for toxicity in the assay system. The chimeric mouse is exposed to any test reagent, and therefore the health of the mouse is an indication of toxicity. Other animal models described herein and known in the art can also be utilized in the methods described herein.
  • Another measure of angiogenesis is an in vivo rabbit eye model and is referred to as the rabbit eye assay.
  • the rabbit eye assay has been described in detail by others, and has been used to measure both angiogenesis and neovascularization in the presence of angiogenic inhibitors as exemplified by D'Amato et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91(9): 4082- 4085.
  • the rabbit eye assay is a recognized assay model for in vivo angiogenesis because the neovascularization process, exemplified by rabbit blood vessels growing from the rim of the cornea into the cornea, is easily visualized through the naturally transparent cornea of the eye. Additionally, both the extent and the amount of stimulation or inhibition of neovascularization or regression of neovascularization can easily be monitored over time.
  • the rabbit is exposed to any test reagent, and therefore the health of the rabbit is an indication of toxicity of the test reagent.
  • CAM chicken chorioallantoic membrane
  • sucralfate to the pellet protects the bFGF from degradation and provides for its slow release, thus producing consistent aggressive angiogenesis that is more pronounced than that induced by bFGF / Hydron alone.
  • Release of bFGF from pellets containing sucralfate/Hydron can be detected in vitro for up to 4 days after the pellets are formed compared to just 1 day for pellets with Hydron alone.
  • Pellets are made by mixing 110 ⁇ of saline containing 12 ⁇ g of recombinant bFGF (Takeda, Osaka) with 40 mg of sucralfate; this suspension is added to 80 ⁇ of 12% (wt/vol) Hydron in ethanol. Aliquots (10 ⁇ ) of this mixture are then pipetted onto Teflon pegs and allowed to dry producing approximately 17 pellets.
  • a pellet is implanted into corneal micropockets of each eye of an anesthetized female New Zealand White rabbit, 2 mm from the limbus, followed by a single topical application of erythromycin ointment on the surface of the cornea. Histologic examination on consecutive days demonstrates progressive blood vessel growth into the cornea toward the pellet with only rare inflammatory cells seen. This angiogenic response is not altered by severe immune suppression with total body irradiation, and pellets with sucralfate alone do not induce angiogenesis. New vessels are primarily induced by the bFGF rather than by inflammation. The animals are fed daily from 2 days after implantation by gastric lavage with one or more compounds suspended in 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose or vehicle alone.
  • Immunosuppressed animals receive total body radiation of 6 Gy for 6 minutes immediately prior to implantation of the pellets. This dose of radiation results in a marked leukocytopenia with >80% reduction in the leukocyte count by day 2 and >90%> reduction by day 3, results that are consistent with previous reports.
  • a mouse Matrigel plug angiogenesis assay can be used.
  • Various growth factors e.g., IGF-1, bFGF or VEGF
  • Heparin 0.0025 units per/mL
  • growth factor reduced Matrigel as previously described (Montesano, et al, J. Cell Biol. 1983, 97: 1648-1652; Stefansson, et ah, J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 276:8135-8141).
  • Formulations described herein or control antibodies can be included in the Matrigel preparations utilizing one or more dosage groups of animals. In control experiments, Matrigel is prepared in the absence of growth factors.
  • mice are injected subcutaneously with 0.5 mL of the Matrigel preparation and allowed to incubate for one week. Following the incubation period, the mice are sacrificed and the polymerized Matrigel plugs surgically removed.
  • Angiogenesis within the Matrigel plugs is quantified by two established methods, including immunohistochemical analysis and hemoglobin content (Furstenberger, et al, Lancet. 2002, 3:298-302; Volpert, et al, Cancer Cell 2002, 2(6):473-83; and Su, et al, Cancer Res. 2003, 63:3585-3592).
  • the Matrigel plugs are embedded in OCT, snap frozen and 4 ⁇ sections prepared. Frozen sections are fixed in methanol/acetone (1 :1). Frozen sections are stained with polyclonal antibody directed to CD31.
  • Angiogenesis is quantified by microvascular density counts within 20 high powered (200X) microscopic fields.
  • Hemoglobin content can be quantified as described previously (Schnaper, et al., J. Cell Physiol. 1993, 256:235-246; Montesano, et al, J. Cell Biol. 1983, 97: 1648-1652; Stefansson, et al, J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 276:8135-8141; and Gigli, et al, J. Immunol. 1986, 100: 1154-1164).
  • the Matrigel implants are snap frozen on dry ice and lyophilized overnight. The dried implants are resuspended in 0.4 mL of 1.0% saponin (Calbiochem) for one hour, and disrupted by vigorous pipetting.
  • the preparations are centrifuged at 14,000 X g for 15 minutes to remove any particulates.
  • the concentration of hemoglobin in the supernatant is then determined directly by measuring the absorbency at 405 nm and compared to a standard concentration of purified hemoglobin.
  • Assays for cell migration have been described in the literature, e.g., by Brooks, et al, J. Clin. Invest 1997, 99: 1390-1398 and methods for measuring cell migration are known to those of skill in the art.
  • substrate here, CD 105 and/or VEGF
  • the transwells washed, and non-specific binding sites blocked with BSA.
  • Tumor cells from sub- confluent cultures are harvested, washed, and resuspended in migration buffer in the presence or absence of assay antibodies.
  • the tumor cells are allowed to migrate to the underside of the coated transwell membranes, the cells remaining on the top-side of the membrane are removed and cells that migrate to the under-side are stained with crystal violet. Cell migration is then quantified by direct cell counts per microscopic field.
  • Cell proliferation can be assayed by methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • sub-confluent human endothelial cells (HUVECs) can be resuspended in proliferation buffer containing low (5.0%) serum in the presence or absence of CM (25 ⁇ ) from ECV or ECVL cells, and endothelial cells allowed to proliferate for 24 hours.
  • Proliferation can be quantified by measuring mitochondrial dehydrogenase activity using a commercially available WST-1 assay kit (Chemicon).
  • proliferation can be quantified by measuring H incorporation using standard methods. (She et al., Int. J. Cancer, 108: 251-257 (2004)).
  • Various therapies have been directed to augmenting the body's natural immune response to transformed cells.
  • Conventional effector methods include complement dependent cytolysis ("CDC”), antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (“ADCC”) and phagocytosis (clearance by reticuloendothelial system after the target cell is coated with immunoglobulin).
  • CDC complement dependent cytolysis
  • ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • phagocytosis clearance by reticuloendothelial system after the target cell is coated with immunoglobulin.
  • ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytoxicity
  • ADCC reactions Two types have been demonstrated in vitro.
  • effector cells attach to antibody-coated target cells and subsequently cause cytolysis of the target cells (A. H. Greenberg et al., "Characteristics Of The Effector Cells Mediating Cytotoxicity against Antibody-Coated Target Cells," Immunology, 21, p. 719 (1975)).
  • This attachment between effector and target cell results from the interaction of the Fc region of the antibody coating the target cell and the Fc receptor of the effector cell.
  • ADCC reaction may be hampered by circulating antigen-antibody complexes, often associated with various diseases, which compete with the target-cell bound antibody for the Fc receptors of the effector cells (I. C. M. MacLennan, "Competition For Receptors For Immunoglobulin On Cytotoxic Lymphocytes," Clin. Exp. Immunol., 10, p. 275 (1972)).
  • a second type of ADCC reaction - antibody-directed ADCC - can be utilized.
  • antibody-directed ADCC the target-specific antibody is first attached to the effector cell and the resulting complex is then "directed," via the antibody, to its specific antigen on the target cell surface.
  • antibody-directed ADCC may not be affected by the presence of antigen-antibody complexes circulating in the host system.
  • the interaction between antibodies and effector cells via Fc region/Fc receptor attachment is normally weak. And, in some instances, antibodies do not remain associated with effector cells for a period of time sufficient to permit lysis of target cells.
  • antibodies have been attached to the effector cells using pre -treatment with polyethylene glycol and a mixture of phthalate oils (J. F. Jones and D. M. Segal, "J. Immunol, 125, pp. 926-33 (1980)).
  • the applicability of this method for in vivo treatments may be diminished by the toxic effects that any polyethylene glycol and phthalate oil residues on the antibody-effector cell complex may have on the body.
  • ADCC Assays for testing for ADCC are well-known in the art, such as for example, US Patent No. 5,756,097.
  • the present embodiments provide antibodies that can bind to cells having a role in neovascularization or angiogenesis of that can enhance phagocytosis and killing of the cells and thereby enhance protection in vivo. Also provided are other antibodies and functional fragments thereof that immunoreact, specifically bind to, or preferentially bind to a binding site or epitope to which such antibodies can bind and which have the same effect.
  • the antibodies can also be opsonic, or exhibit opsonic activity, for cells having a role in neovascularization or angiogenesis (e.g., endothelial cells).
  • opsonic activity refers to the ability of an opsonin (generally either an antibody or the serum factor C3b) to bind to an antigen or cell receptor to promote attachment of the antigen or cell receptor to a phagocyte and thereby enhance phagocytosis.
  • an opsonin generally either an antibody or the serum factor C3b
  • Certain cells become extremely attractive to phagocytes such as neutrophils and macrophages when coated with an opsonic antibody and their rate of clearance from the bloodstream is strikingly enhanced.
  • Opsonic activity may be measured in any conventional manner as described, for example, in US Patent No. 6,610,293.
  • a patient having a neovascular disorder or an angiogenesis dependent disorder sheds antigens/peptides (e.g., CD105) from the angiogenesis.
  • antigens/peptides can be "tumor associated antigens.”
  • Such patients can be systemically administered an antibody to the antigen/peptide (e.g., CD 105) and can initiate any of the pathways described herein to induce CDC, ADCC, opsonization, or any other form of cell- mediated killing.
  • Optimal dosage schedules of administration of antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof described herein can be determined using art-recognized methods and as described above.
  • the antibodies described herein can be administered to a subject over various time frames.
  • the dose(s) of an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof can be administered twice a week, weekly, every two weeks, every three weeks, every 4 weeks, every 6 weeks, every 8 weeks, every 12 weeks, or any combination of weeks therein.
  • Dosing cycles are also contemplated such as, for example, administering antibodies once or twice a week for 4 weeks, followed by two weeks without therapy. Additional dosing cycles including, for example, different combinations of the doses and weekly cycles described herein are also contemplated herein.
  • Affinity of antibodies can be assessed using, for example, BIAcore analysis using standard protocols. Briefly, anti-histidine tag antibody is coupled to a BIAcore chip for the capture of His-tagged recombinant human CD 105 which will in turn be used to measure the binding of an anti-CD 105 antibody. Development of the SPR assay is performed in a minimum of 2 chip preparation batches plus 8 analytical batches. The following parameters are assessed in the development of the assay:
  • An anti-his tag antibody is coupled to a BIAcore CM5 chip by conventional amine chemistry using EDC/NHS.
  • the reaction conditions concentration and pH
  • the dose response of human CD 105 is measured in order to determine a suitable concentration to approach maximal binding.
  • the dose response of anti-CD 105 antibody is measured in order to determine a suitable range for kinetic or equilibrium binding experiments (which can include comparison of relative kinetic constants, k a and k d or a comparison of relative potency by the parallel line method).
  • binding experiments is repeated at least three times under the chosen conditions using different chips, different flow cells and on different occasions in order to obtain preliminary information about the precision and accuracy of the measurements. All BIAcore experiments are carried out at 25° C in HBS-EP running buffer.
  • An ELISA can be used to assay binding of anti-CD 105 antibodies to CD 105. Briefly, an ELISA is performed according to the following steps:
  • test wells add 100 ⁇ /well of anti-CD 105 antibodies at 20, 10, 4, 2, 1, 0.5 and 0.2 ng/ml (diluted in PBS-T with 0.1% BSA) and incubate 60 minutes at room temperature.
  • negative control wells add 100 ⁇ /well of isotype matched control antibody.
  • EXAMPLE 4 Antibody Avidity and Number of Available Epitopes on CD105-Expressing Cells.
  • Antibody avidity and number of available epitopes on CD 105 -expressing cells can be assessed utilizing Scatchard plot analyses using standard protocols.
  • the purified anti-CD 105 antibodies are individually radiolabeled with I using Iodo-Gen and according to standard methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • the radiolabeled anti-CD 105 antibodies are assayed for the iodine atoms per IgG molecule on the average,
  • HUVECs are cultured in 75-cm flasks (Falcon, Becton-Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in a C0 2 incubator at 37° C under sub-confluent conditions. Cells are detached by incubating with Hanks' balanced salt solution with 15 mM EDTA in 25 mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.3, at 37° C for 15 min. After washing twice with ice-cold PBS, cells are re- suspended in endothelial cell growth medium at a concentration of 25,000 cells/ml.
  • human umbilical vein endothelial cells are suspended and cultured in an endothelial cell growth medium free of FBS and bovine brain extracts. A 200 ⁇ aliquot of cell suspension is seeded to each well of 96-well culture plates. Cells are cultured at 37° C in a C0 2 incubator overnight before anti-CD 105 antibodies, anti- VEGF antibodies, a combination of anti-CD 105 antibodies and anti-VEGF antibodies, control IgG or TGF- ⁇ are added in triplicate. Culture plates are kept in the incubator for 72 hr, during which fresh media and antibodies or controls are replaced every 24 hr.
  • H-thymidine (1 ⁇ ) is added into each well and the plates are incubated for 20 hr. Cells are washed with PBS followed by treatment with 100 ⁇ / well trypsin-EDTA (0.05% trypsin, 0.53 mM EDTA) at 37° C for 15 min. Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters (Wallac Printed FiltermatA) using Harvester 96
  • a Costar nucleopore filter (8 mm pore) is coated with fibronectin overnight at 4° C.
  • the chamber is washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and the lower chamber was filled with DMEM with or without serum and with or without TGF-P3.
  • Cells are trypsinized and suspended at a final concentration of 50,000 cells/ml in DMEM in the presence of a control antibody, an anti-CD 105 antibody, an anti-VEGF antibody or a combination thereof.
  • a 150 ⁇ aliquot of the cell suspension is added to the upper chamber and incubated at 37° C. After 16 hrs, the cells are washed and the upper surface is wiped to remove the non-migrating cells.
  • the membranes are fixed in methanol, washed with water, stained and the numbers of cells present on the lower surface are counted.
  • the antibodies described herein can be assessed with respect to their ability to generate IL-2 activated natural killer (NK) cells and to induce ADCC using, for example, the following protocols.
  • NK cells are scraped from the culture and collected in a 50 mL conical tube. Cells are washed once with RPMI Complete and Spun at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. NK cells are then re- suspended in 5 mL RPMI Complete media and counted. Prior to performing the assay, the NK cell count is normalized to a effector: target ratio of 10:1. Normalized NK cells are plated and 10 ⁇ , of anti-CD 105 antibodies added into designated wells and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. Control samples include untreated or control-antibody treated cell populations.
  • Target cells of interest are collected (HUVEC cells), washed, spun at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes, and re-suspended in 5 mL RPMI Complete media. Target cells are washed again and re-suspended in Serum Free RPMI to a final concentration of 1 x 10 6 cells/mL. Target cells are then labeled with a final concentration of 5 ⁇ g/mL Calcein AM for 1 hr at 37° C, followed by a two washes with RPMI Complete. Target cells are then re-suspended and added to the NK cell wells. The target cell/NK c e ll combination is incubated at 37° C for 4 hours.
  • the plates are spun at 1200 rpm for 5 minutes, and the cells are washed and re-suspended in DPBS.
  • the fluorescence is read using Excitation/Emission of 450/530 nm and the emission is a measure of the cell killing mediated by the antibodies.
  • the present inventors identified formulations that provided adequate stability for concentration higher than 5 mg/ml of TRC105. Initial studies showed that TRC105 could be concentrated to at least 25 mg/ml without any apparent solubility issues. Therefore, 25 mg/ml TRC105 was selected as the initial concentration for screening studies. During the course of these studies, formulations as high as 50 mg/ml TRC105 were evaluated. Additional formulations with concentrations of 7 mg/ml TRC105 and 100 mg/ml TRC105 were also evaluated.
  • UV Absorbance Spectroscopy Ultraviolet (UV) Absorbance Spectroscopy.
  • UV spectroscopy was used to determine protein concentration in various stability samples.
  • the absorbance at 280 nm of bulk substance (7.0 mg/mL) was determined to be 1.13 using a 1 mm pathlength cell, leading to an extinction coefficient of 1.61 mL/mg*cm. This value was used for all calculations in this project. Further measurements were performed using a 0.0096 cm cell, which was more suited for high concentration samples. Incubation of TRC105 Thermal Stability Samples.
  • Each thermal stability formulation was passed through a 0.22 micron Millex filter with a Luer lock syringe attachment and then ali quoted into 1 mL lyophilization vials. Each vial was sealed with a butyl stopper and crimped with an aluminum cap. Samples were placed at the indicated temperature in stability chambers and removed after the indicated incubation period, in weeks.
  • Freeze-thaw (F/T) samples were frozen for 25 minutes, then thawed for 25 minutes either zero, 3 or 5 times. All freezing was performed at -80°C. Thawed samples were examined for complete thawing before returning to freezer. Each freeze-thaw sample contained 100 of solution and was stored in 0.5 mL Eppendorf tubes. Each sample contained 0.1% F68, 0.005% Tween 80, or no surfactant.
  • Agitation study samples were prepared at 350 mL per vial, and were labeled as either quiescent or shaken. All samples were moved to a cold room at 4°C. Samples labeled as shaken were placed on an orbital shaker operating at 150 RPM. Quiescent samples were placed on the shelf next to the orbital shaker. Each sample contained 0.1% F68, 0.005% Tween 80, or no surfactant. Samples were incubated for 24 hours at the indicated conditions.
  • a mobile phase was prepared containing 0.2 M sodium phosphate monobasic and adjusted to pH 7.0 using 1.0 M sodium hydroxide.
  • a TSK Gel G3000 PWxl column (7.8 mm x 30 cm, 7 ⁇ particles # P0047-02PN) was used for all separations.
  • a flow rate of 1 mL/min was used, and the detection wavelength was set to 280 nm.
  • Injection volume was 2 for 25 mg/mL samples, and 1 ⁇ ⁇ for 50 mg/mL samples. Buffer blanks were run before each triplicate sample analysis, and these chromatograms were subtracted appropriately. All integration of peaks was performed in Chromeleon 6.08.
  • the capillary isoelectric focusing (cIEF) analysis was conducted as described in the PA 800 plus Application Guide published by Beckman Coulter. A more detailed description can be found in Mack et al. ⁇ Electrophoresis 2009, 30 (23), 4049-4058). All analyses were conducted using a Beckman Coulter P/ACETM MDQ system (Beckman Coulter, Inc.; Brea, CA) operated at ambient temperature with a 30 cm total length (20 cm effective) neutral capillary (50 ⁇ i.d.). The neutral capillary was prepared by immobilizing poly(acrylamide) to the capillary wall using a method described Gao et al. (Anal Chem 2004, 76 (24), 7179-7186).
  • cIEF samples were prepared by mixing the protein of interest at 0.25 mg/mL with a mixture of 3M urea-cIEF gel containing ampholyte, cathodic stabilizer, anodic stabilizer, and pi markers.
  • Sample was pressure injected at 9.5 psi into the capillary for 4.1 min, after which time it was focused by applying a voltage of 25 kV for 15 min between anolyte and catholyte. This step was followed by chemical mobilization at 30 kV for 30 min between anolyte and chemical mobilizer.
  • the pi markers and the protein of interest were detected with absorbance at 280 nm during the mobilization step.
  • the pi of the protein was calculated from the resultant regression equation of pi vs. first peak moment obtained from the pi standards.
  • Samples of TRC105 were successfully concentrated to concentrations higher than 5 mg/mL. As a result, Study 1 was conducted using a protein concentration of 25 mg/mL. Samples were stored for two weeks at 40°C. Fifteen formulations were prepared focusing on the effects of pH and buffer composition (Table 2). The primary analytical method used to evaluate the stability of these samples was SEC. After storage for two weeks at 40°C, very little change was seen by SEC, either in monomer content or the amount of high molecular weight aggregate (Table 3). All of the formulations still contained more than 99% monomer after storage.
  • TRC 105 was found to be very stable.
  • TRC105 Given the stability of TRC105, these sample were stored for four weeks at 40°C in order to try to distinguish formulations to a greater degree.
  • the primary screening tool was SEC.
  • TRC105 Even at 50 mg/ml, TRC105 exhibits a viscosity of less than 2 cSt, well below any value that would cause concern for limiting handling and administration (See, Table 7).
  • thermal stress is useful for distinguishing formulations of differing stability, it is not the only stress a protein may encounter. Interfacial damage of proteins is common and the sensitivity to interfacial stress must be evaluated. This was done using agitation and repeated freeze-thaw (F/T) cycling.
  • the lead formulations employed acetate buffer at pH 4.0 or histidine buffer at pH 5.5, along with sorbitol or trehalose as a tonicity modifier and stabilizer.
  • formulation parameters did have an effect on the stability of 25 °C samples. Most notably, formulations containing the acetate buffer system (F03, F05, F07) displayed greater decreases in percent monomer than those containing histidine buffer (F01, F02, F04, and F06) (See Table 14). Meanwhile, changes in protein concentration appear to have little or no effect.
  • the two 100 mg/mL formulations (F06, F07) are comparable to their 50 mg/mL counterparts (F04, F05) in terms of their SEC profiles and cIEF profiles.
  • TRC105 formulated at 4 mg/mL in 17 mM phosphate buffer with 145 mM sodium chloride at pH 7.2 is stable for at least 36 months when stored at 2 - 8 °C.
  • the analytical procedure for SEC-HPLC and UV is the same as that described in Example 9.
  • the analytical procedure for CD 105 Binding ELISA is the same as that described in Example 3.
  • the analytical procedures for SDS-PAGE Non-Reduced, SDS-PAGE Reduced, and IEF are described below.
  • the relative quantity of each stained band is determined by densitometry for each test article lane. These quantities are expressed as a percentage of the total band quantity obtained for that lane.
  • the molecular weight (kDa) values of the test article bands are determined based on comparison to the molecular weight markers.
  • the SDS-PAGE method for reduced proteins is the same as described in Section 1.3.2 (above) for non-reduced samples, with the addition of a reducing step (to cleave the inter- and intra-molecular disulfide bonds to liberate protein subunits as well as other aggregates).
  • a reducing step to cleave the inter- and intra-molecular disulfide bonds to liberate protein subunits as well as other aggregates.
  • dithiothreitol 50 mM
  • Antioxidant is added to the running buffer when reduced proteins are run.
  • This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with colorectal cancer.
  • Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group.
  • the trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg or placebo every two weeks for 6-10 cycles.
  • Chemotherapy may be used in all groups.
  • a VEGF inhibitor may be used in all groups.
  • the time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months - about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study.
  • Primary outcome measure overall response rate.
  • One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase overall response rate from treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the control IgG.
  • Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events.
  • a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement.
  • other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
  • This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with renal cell cancer (kidney cancer). Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 - about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group and about 50 - about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group. The trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 - about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks for 3-6 cycles or until progression. Interferon may also be used in both treatment arms. A VEGF inhibitor may be used in both treatment arms. The time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months - about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study. Additional outcome measures are as follows:
  • Primary outcome measure progression-free survival.
  • One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase in progression free survival following treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the placebo.
  • Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events.
  • a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement.
  • other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
  • This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with hepatocellular cancer (liver cancer).
  • Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group.
  • a VEGF inhibitor may be used in both groups.
  • the trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks or until progression.
  • the time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months to about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study.
  • Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events.
  • a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement.
  • other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
  • This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with ovarian cancer.
  • Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group.
  • the trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks for 5 cycles.
  • Chemotherapy may also be used in both treatment arms.
  • a VEGF inhibitor may be used in both treatment arms.
  • the time frame of the study is estimated at 6 months to about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study. Additional outcome measures are as follows:
  • Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events.
  • a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement.
  • other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
  • the patients are to receive a full ophthalmic examination to establish a baseline of ocular health.
  • the ophthalmic examination includes indirect ophthalmoscopy, slit-lamp biomicroscopy, peripheral retinal examination, intraocular pressure measurements, visual acuity (unaided and best corrected) symptomatology, fundus photography, fluorescein angiography, optical coherence tomography, electroretinography and A-scan measurements.
  • an intravitreal injection as described above is given to a patient's affected eye manifesting AMD. If both eyes are affected, they may be treated separately. The eye to be treated is injected with an ophthalmic solution.
  • the patients' eyes are to be examined on days one (1), two (2), seven (7), fifteen (15), thirty (30) and sixty (60) and every month thereafter for 2 years. Because of the possibility of reoccurrence, the patients should return for periodic examinations on a monthly basis thereafter. On each examination day the patient is monitored for vitreous liquefaction. Additionally, the patients are monitored for posterior vitreous detachments using indirect ophthalmoscopy with scleral depression.
  • the extent of AMD presented by the patients is continuously monitored through periodic retinal examinations, optical coherence tomography and fluorescein angiograms to monitor for the presence of subretinal fluid, blood, exudates, RPE detachment, cystic retinal changes, or the presence of grayish green subretinal neovascular membrane. Additional treatments may be required if indicia of reoccurring neovascularization are observed. Additional treatments may be given on weekly or monthly basis. In a preferred embodiment, an initial treatment is followed by subsequent treatments between 1 to 6 months apart.
  • a VEGF inhibitor may be used in all patients.
  • CNV neovascularization
  • the criteria for reinjection are presence of fluid in the macula, increased central retinal thickness (CRT) of at least 100 micron, loss of at least 5 letters of vision associated with increased fluid in the macula, new classic CNV, or new macular hemorrhage.
  • CTR central retinal thickness
  • the main outcome measure is the proportion of eyes losing fewer than 15 letters of vision after 12 months. Best- corrected visual acuity measurement and clinical ocular examination are performed at 1 week, 1 month and then monthly for 5-12 months.
  • An isolated humanized, de-immunized anti-CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12.
  • SEQ ID NO: 11 Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Gly Glu Ala Arg Ser Lys Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser Ser Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser Ser Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser Ser Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser Ser
  • SEQ ID NO: 12 Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16.
  • SEQ ID NO: 13 Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
  • SEQ ID NO: 14 Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
  • SEQ ID NO: 15 Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
  • SEQ ID NO: 16 Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
  • humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23.
  • SEQ ID NO: 17 Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 18 Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 19 Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 20 Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 21 Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 22 Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
  • SEQ ID NO: 23 Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to formulations of anti-CD 105 antibodies, antigen- binding fragments thereof, and uses thereof. Another aspect relates to pre-filled syringes of the formulations of anti-CD 105 antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof. Another aspect relates to the use of the formulations to reduce one or more signs or symptoms of an angiogenesis-related disorder such as cancers and ophthalmologic diseases.

Description

ANTIBODY FORMULATIONS AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/697,111, filed September 5, 2012, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0002] This application is related to the following co-pending patent applications: US
Publication No. US 2010-0098692 Al [Attorney Docket No 35882-706.201]; US Patent No. 8,221,753 [Attorney Docket No 35882-706.202]; US Application No. 13/485,702 [Attorney Docket No 35882-706.301]; and US Application No. 13/390,896 [Attorney Docket No 35882- 712.201], which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
SEQUENCE LISTING
[0003] The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted in ASCII format via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on September 4, 2013, is named 35882-714.601_SL.txt and is 22,121 bytes in size.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Cancer is the second leading cause of human death next to coronary disease. Worldwide, millions of people die from cancer every year. In the United States alone, cancer causes the death of well over a half-million people each year, with some 1.4 million new cases diagnosed per year. While deaths from heart disease have been declining significantly, those resulting from cancer generally are on the rise. In many countries, cancer is already the leading cause of death.
[0005] Moreover, even for those cancer patients that initially survive their primary cancers, common experience has shown that their lives are dramatically altered. Many cancer patients experience strong anxieties driven by the awareness of the potential for recurrence or treatment failure. Many cancer patients experience significant physical debilitations following treatment.
[0006] Generally speaking, the fundamental problem in the management of the deadliest cancers is the lack of effective and non-toxic systemic therapies. Cancer is a complex disease characterized by genetic mutations that lead to uncontrolled cell growth. Cancerous cells are present in all organisms and under normal circumstances their excessive growth is tightly regulated by various physiological factors.
[0007] Angiogenesis is the physiological process by which new blood vessels develop from preexisting vessels. Angiogenesis has been suggested to play a role in both normal and pathological processes. For example, angiogenic processes are involved in the development of the vascular systems of animal organs and tissues.
[0008] In certain pathological conditions, angiogenesis is stimulated as a means to provide adequate blood and nutrient supply to the cells within affected tissue. Many of these pathological conditions involve aberrant cell proliferation and/or regulation. Solid cancers and exudative macular degeneration depend upon the recruitment of a new blood supply for continued growth as well as metastasis.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0009] Provided herein are new formulations of anti-CD 105 antibodies, pre-filled syringes containing the formulations, and the use of such formulations for treating angio genesis -related disorders. The present application provides formulations that may be used for intravenous or intraocular administration of, for example, treatment of cancers associated with CD 105 and ophthalmologic conditions.
[0010] In one aspect, provided herein is a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
[0011] In one aspect, the formulation is stable following preparation, which can be tested according to conventional means. With respect to stability of the formulation over time, at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be present as a monomer following storage at about 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC). In some embodiments, the buffering agent of such formulations is histidine or phosphate buffered saline. With respect to the stability of the formulation over time, at least 90% of the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be present as a monomer following storage at about 25° C for at least about 6 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC). In some embodiments, the buffering agent of such formulations is acetate.
[0012] Further, the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may display from about 50 to about 150% binding by a CD 105 ELISA binding assay after storage at about 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months.
[0013] The average isoelectric point (pi) of the anti-CD105 antibody may be from about 8.7 to about 9.2 after storage at 2 to 8°C for at least about 12 months, as measured by, for example, capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing.
[0014] One would understand that the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be stable for at least about 12 months, at least about 18 months, at least about 24 months, at least about 30 months, at least about 36 months, or more.
[0015] A formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC following freezing and thawing cycles of the formulation. Alternatively, or in addition, a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC when subjected to agitation stress.
[0016] The anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may comprise any sequence that of CDRs that are capable of binding to CD 105. In one non-limiting embodiment, the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4 (See, e.g., Fig. 1).
[0017] In another non-limiting embodiment, the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
[0018] An isolated humanized, de-immunized anti-CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12. Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16. Other non- limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23. The sequences are provided below in Example 17.
[0019] The formulation may contain from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or any value therein including, but not limited to, about 2 mg/ml, about 5 mg/ml, about 7.5 mg/ml, about 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, about 25 mg/ml, about 30 mg/ml, about 35 mg/ml, about 40 mg/ml, about 45 mg/ml, about 50 mg/ml, about 55 mg/ml, about 60 mg/ml, about 65 mg/ml, about 70 mg/ml, about 75 mg/ml, about 80 mg/ml, about 85 mg/ml, about 90 mg/ml, about 95 mg/ml, about 100 mg/ml, about 105 mg/ml, about 110 mg/ml, about 115 mg/ml, about 120 mg/ml, about 125 mg/ml, about 130 mg/ml, about 135 mg/ml, about 140 mg/ml, about 145 mg/ml, about 150 mg/ml, or more.
[0020] In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 25 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
[0021] In another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 50 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. [0022] In yet another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 100 mg/ml of the anti- CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
[0023] Formulations as described herein may contain a buffering agent such as, for example, histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5 mM, about 7.5 mM, about 10 mM, about 12.5 mM, about 15 mM, about 17.5 mM, 20 mM, about 22.5 mM, about 25 mM, about 30 mM, about 35 mM, about 40 mM, about 45 mM, about 50 mM, about 55 mM, about 60 mM, about 65 mM, about 70 mM, about 75 mM, about 80 mM, about 85 mM, about 90 mM, about 95 mM, or about 100 mM histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate.
[0024] Formulations may be prepared for any type of administration known for antibodies including, but not limited to, intravitreal and intravenous administration.
[0025] Formulations provided herein may further include an acceptable carrier or excipient including any carrier or excipient that is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and which is acceptable for administration to a patient.
[0026] In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein is isotonic. By "isotonic" is meant that the formulation of interest has essentially the same osmotic pressure as human blood.
Isotonic formulations will generally have an osmotic pressure from about 250 to 350
milliosmolar (mOsm). Isotonicity can be measured using a vapor pressure or ice-freezing type osmometer, for example. In another embodiment, a formulation provided herein is hypertonic. An "isotonic" formulation is one which has essentially the same osmotic pressure as human blood. Correspondingly, the term "hypertonic" is used to describe a formulation with an osmotic pressure above that of human blood.
[0027] A formulation provided herein may contain a polyol in an amount of less than 1 M. For example, polyol may be present in the formulation in an amount of about 50 mM, about 75 mM, about 100 mM, about 150 mM, about 200 mM, about 225 mM, about 240 mM, about 250 mM, about 300 mM, about 350 mM, about 400 mM, about 450 mM, about 500 mM, about 550 mM, about 600 mM, about 650 mM, about 700 mM, about 750 mM, about 800 mM, about 850 mM, about 900 mM, about 950 mM, about 1 M, or any integer therein. In one embodiment, the formulation is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of from about 100 mM to about 175 mM. For example, the formulation containing polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of about 130 mM.
[0028] In one aspect, a polyol to be used in the formulations provided herein may be a sugar such as, for example, a non-reducing sugar. Representative examples of non-reducing sugars include, but are not limited to, trehalose and sucrose. For example, a formulation may comprise from about 200 mM to about 300 mM trehalose or sucrose. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose.
[0029] Alternatively, the sugar may be sorbitol in an amount (concentration) of from about 200 mM to about 300 mM. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM sorbitol.
[0030] Further non-limiting examples of a formulation provided herein is any one of formulations 1-39 of Table 1.
[0031] A formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5. In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5, or about 7.0.
[0032] In one embodiment, formulations provided herein do not contain a surfactant.
Optionally, in some cases, a surfactant can be included in the formulations. Non-limiting examples of surfactants include polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 and Pluronic® F68.
[0033] Also provided herein is a pre-filled syringe suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising a formulation described herein. Such pre-filled syringes may be packaged and labeled for use for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein. Packages may further include directions for storage and administration. Provided herein is a package containing one or more pre-filled syringes suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising the formulation of any of the preceding claims.
[0034] One embodiment of the present application contemplates the use of any of the compositions described herein to formulate a medicament for treating a disorder described herein. Medicaments can be formulated based on the physical characteristics of the
patient/subject needing treatment, and can be formulated in single or multiple formulations. Medicaments can be packaged in a suitable package with appropriate labels for the distribution to hospitals and clinics wherein the label is for the indication of treating a disorder as described herein in a subject. Medicaments can be packaged as a single or multiple units. Instructions for the dosage and administration of the compositions described herein can be included with the packages.
[0035] Provided herein is a method of treating an angiogenesis-related disease in a patient (subject) in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein. Such formulations may be administered to the patient intravitreally or intravenously.
[0036] An angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, a cancer or a metastasis. In one embodiment, the cancer is a solid tumor. Cancers to be treated include, for example, an epithelial based tumor. Non-limiting examples of cancers to be treated with such formulations include, but are not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a uterine cancer, a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), a sarcoma, a myeloma, and a lymphoma. Formulations for treatment of a cancer or a metastasis may be administered to the patient intravenously.
[0037] Alternatively, an angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, is an ophthalmologic condition. Ophthalmologic conditions include, but are not limited to, age- related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, and/or choroidal neovascularization. Age related macular degeneration (AMD) may be wet AMD or dry AMD. Formulations for treatment of an ophthalmologic condition may be administered to the patient intravitreally.
[0038] In such methods, the formulation may be administered to a patient one or more times. For example, the formulation may be administered once per day, once per week, once per month, once bi-monthly, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every 5 months, or once every 6 months. Treatment schedules may be increased or decreased as needed depending upon the response of the patient to the treatment.
[0039] In one aspect, a formulation is administered until one or more signs or symptoms of the angiogenesis-related disease are reduced.
[0040] With respect to ophthalmologic conditions, the one or more signs or symptoms may include, but not be limited to, shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, improving visual acuity, reducing macular edema and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
[0041] With respect to cancers or metastases, treatment may result in improvement of the patient's condition and treatment can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
[0042] Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
[0043] In one embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[0044] In another embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[0045] Provided herein is a method of treating an ophthalmologic condition in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said ophthalmologic condition are ameliorated by the treatment. Administration of the formulation may be intravitreal administration.
[0046] Also provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or metastasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said cancer or metastasis are ameliorated.
Administration of the formulation may be intravenous administration.
[0047] In the methods provided herein, a subject to be treated can be a human or a non-human subject. Formulations provided herein can be administered once or multiple times depending on the health of the patient, the progression of the disease or condition, and the efficacy of the treatment. Adjustments to therapy and treatments can be made throughout the course of treatment (e.g., the dosage of an antibody in a composition).
[0048] Provided herein is a method of monitoring the efficacy of one or more of any of the methods provided herein. Levels of soluble CD 105 have been correlated with survival in cancer patients and can be monitored prior to and during therapy. Levels of soluble CD 105 can, therefore, be one indication that a therapeutic regimen is effective in treating the patient.
Treatments described herein may include one or more additional treatments.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0049] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0050] The novel features of the embodiments are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present embodiments may be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the embodiments are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
[0051] Figs. 1A-J provide exemplary amino acid sequences of an anti-CD 105 antibody
(TRC105) described herein. Fig. 1A is a representative variable light (VL) chain of an anti- CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 1); Fig. IB is a representative constant light chain (CL) of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 2); Fig. 1C is a representative variable heavy (VH) chain of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 3); and Fig. ID is a representative constant gamma- 1 heavy chain of an anti-CD 105 antibody (SEQ ID NO: 4). Figs. 1E-G represent CDRs 1, 2 and 3 of the VL, respectively. Figs. 1H-J represent CDRs 1, 2 and 3 of the VH, respectively.
[0052] Fig. 2 provides diagram of the TGF-P/ALK5 signaling pathway. The TGF-p/ALK5 pathway (A) leads to inhibition of cell proliferation. The TGF-p/ALKl pathway (B) induces endothelial cell proliferation and requires CD 105 (endoglin) for ALK1 signaling. The dotted lines indicate inactive or blocked pathways. The bolded arrow indicates stimulation of a signaling pathway.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0053] It is to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. Further, it is understood that a number of methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice of the present inventions.
[0054] In accordance with the present application, there may be employed conventional cellular biology, molecular biology, microbiology, and recombinant DNA techniques as explained fully in the art.
[0055] As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus for example, references to "a method" include one or more methods, and/or steps of the type described herein and/or which will become apparent to those persons skilled in the art upon reading this disclosure.
[0056] Anti-CD 105 antibodies may be used to treat or prevent various forms of angiogenesis- related disorders. Described herein are methods of treating or various forms of cancer, solid tumors, and metastases and the like via the administration of the formulations described herein.
ANTIBODY TERMINOLOGY
[0057] As used herein, the term "antibody" refers to an immunoglobulin (Ig) whether natural or partly or wholly synthetically produced. The term also covers any polypeptide or protein having a binding domain which is, or is homologous to, an antigen-binding domain. The term further includes "antigen-binding fragments" and other interchangeable terms for similar binding fragments such as described below.
[0058] Native antibodies and native immunoglobulins are usually heterotetrameric
glycoproteins of about 150,000 Daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is typically linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain ("VH" or "VH") followed by a number of constant domains ("CH" or "CH"). Each light chain has a variable domain at one end ("VL" or "VL") and a constant domain ("CL" or "CL") at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light-chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light- and heavy- chain variable domains.
[0059] The terms "synthetic polynucleotide," "synthetic gene" or "synthetic polypeptide," as used herein, mean that the corresponding polynucleotide sequence or portion thereof, or amino acid sequence or portion thereof, is derived, from a sequence that has been designed, or synthesized de novo, or modified, compared to an equivalent naturally-occurring sequence. Synthetic polynucleotides (antibodies or antigen binding fragments) or synthetic genes can be prepared by methods known in the art, including but not limited to, the chemical synthesis of nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. Synthetic genes are typically different from naturally- occurring genes, either at the amino acid, or polynucleotide level, (or both) and are typically located within the context of synthetic expression control sequences. Synthetic gene
polynucleotide sequences, may not necessarily encode proteins with different amino acids, compared to the natural gene; for example, they can also encompass synthetic polynucleotide sequences that incorporate different codons but which encode the same amino acid (i.e., the nucleotide changes represent silent mutations at the amino acid level).
[0060] With respect to antibodies, the term "variable domain" refers to the variable domains of antibodies that are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. Rather, it is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions (also known as CDRs) in both the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. More highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the "framework regions" or "FRs." The variable domains of unmodified heavy and light chains each contain four FRs (FRl, FR2, FR3 and FR4), largely adopting a β-sheet configuration interspersed with three CDRs which form loops connecting and, in some cases, part of the β-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health,
Bethesda, Md. (1991), pages 647-669).
[0061] The terms "hypervariable region" and "CDR" when used herein, refer to the amino acid residues of an antibody which are responsible for antigen-binding. The CDRs comprise amino acid residues from three sequence regions which bind in a complementary manner to an antigen and are known as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 for each of the VH and VL chains. In the light chain variable domain, the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 24-34 (CDRL1), 50-56 (CDRL2) and 89-97 (CDRL3), and in the heavy chain variable domain the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 31-35 (CDRH1), 50-65 (CDRH2) and 95- 102 (CDRH3) according to Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). It is understood that the CDRs of different antibodies may contain insertions, thus the amino acid numbering may differ. The Kabat numbering system accounts for such insertions with a numbering scheme that utilizes letters attached to specific residues (e.g., 27 A, 27B, 27C, 27D, 27E, and 27F of CDRL1 in the light chain) to reflect any insertions in the numberings between different antibodies. Alternatively, in the light chain variable domain, the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 26-32 (CDRL1), 50-52 (CDRL2) and 91-96 (CDRL3), and in the heavy chain variable domain, the CDRs typically correspond to approximately residues 26-32
(CDRH1), 53-55 (CDRH2) and 96-101 (CDRH3) according to Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol., 196: 901-917 (1987)).
[0062] As used herein, "framework region" or "FR" refers to framework amino acid residues that form a part of the antigen binding pocket or groove. In some embodiments, the framework residues form a loop that is a part of the antigen binding pocket or groove and the amino acids residues in the loop may or may not contact the antigen. Framework regions generally comprise the regions between the CDRs. In the light chain variable domain, the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-23 (FRL1), 35-49 (FRL2), 57-88 (FRL3), and 98-109 and in the heavy chain variable domain the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-30 (FRH1), 36-49 (FRH2), 66-94 (FRH3), and 103-133 according to Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). As discussed above with the Kabat numbering for the light chain, the heavy chain too accounts for insertions in a similar manner (e.g., 35 A, 35B of CDRHl in the heavy chain). Alternatively, in the light chain variable domain, the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-25 (FRL1), 33-49 (FRL2) 53-90 (FRL3), and 97-109 (FRL4), and in the heavy chain variable domain, the FRs typically correspond to approximately residues 0-25 (FRH1), 33-52 (FRH2), 56-95 (FRH3), and 102-1 13 (FRH4) according to Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol, 196: 901-917 (1987)).
[0063] Constant domains (Fc) of antibodies are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen but, rather, exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity via interactions with, for example, Fc receptors (FcR). Fc domains can also increase bioavailability of an antibody in circulation following administration to a patient. Substitution of a murine Fc domain with a human Fc domain can also reduce side HAM A reactions.
[0064] Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAl, and IgA2. The heavy-chain constant domains (Fc) that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
[0065] The "light chains" of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa or ("κ") and lambda or ("λ"), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
[0066] The terms "antigen-binding portion of an antibody," "antigen-binding fragment," "antigen-binding domain," "antibody fragment" or a "functional fragment of an antibody" are used interchangeably herein to refer to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen. Non-limiting examples of antibody fragments included within such terms include, but are not limited to, (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains; (ii) a F(ab')2 fragment, a bivalent fragment containing two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CHI domains; (iv) a Fv fragment containing the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341 :544 546), which containing a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated CDR. Additionally included in this definition are "one -hal ' antibodies comprising a single heavy chain and a single light chain. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed herein.
[0067] "F(ab')2" and "Fab"' moieties can be produced by treating an Ig with a protease such as pepsin and papain, and include antibody fragments generated by digesting immunoglobulin near the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains. For example, papain cleaves IgG upstream of the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains to generate two homologous antibody fragments in which an light chain composed of VL and CL (light chain constant region), and a heavy chain fragment composed of VH and CH7I (γΐ) region in the constant region of the heavy chain) are connected at their C terminal regions through a disulfide bond. Each of these two homologous antibody fragments is called Fab'. Pepsin also cleaves IgG downstream of the disulfide bonds existing between the hinge regions in each of the two heavy chains to generate an antibody fragment slightly larger than the fragment in which the two above-mentioned Fab' are connected at the hinge region. This antibody fragment is called F(ab')2.
[0068] The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CHI) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxyl terminus of the heavy chain CHI domain including one or more cysteine(s) from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
[0069] "Fv" refers to an antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent or covalent association (disulfide linked Fvs have been described in the art, Reiter et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14: 1239-1245). It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the VH-VL dimer. Collectively, a combination of one or more of the CDRs from each of the VH and VL chains confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. For example, it would be understood that, for example, the CDRH3 and CDRL3 could be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity to an antibody when transferred to VH and VL chains of a recipient antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof and this combination of CDRs can be tested for binding, affinity, etc. using any of the techniques described herein. Even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although likely at a lower affinity than when combined with a second variable domain. Furthermore, although the two domains of a Fv fragment (VL and VH), are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined using recombinant methods by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; and Osbourn et al. (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:778). Such scFvs are also intended to be encompassed within the term "antigen-binding portion" of an antibody. Any VH and VL sequences of specific scFv can be linked to an Fc region cDNA or genomic sequences, in order to generate expression vectors encoding complete Ig (e.g., IgG) molecules or other isotypes. VH and VL can also be used in the generation of Fab, Fv or other fragments of Igs using either protein chemistry or recombinant DNA technology.
[0070] "Single-chain Fv" or "sFv" antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of an antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. In some
embodiments, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of sFvs, see, e.g., Pluckthun in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, Vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds. Springer- Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).
[0071] The term "AVIMER™" refers to a class of therapeutic proteins of human origin, which are unrelated to antibodies and antibody fragments, and are composed of several modular and reusable binding domains, referred to as A-domains (also referred to as class A module, complement type repeat, or LDL-receptor class A domain). They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display (Silverman et ah, 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23: 1493-1494; Silverman et al, 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220). The resulting proteins can contain multiple independent binding domains that can exhibit improved affinity (in some cases, sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins. See, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publ. Nos. 2005/0221384, 2005/0164301, 2005/0053973 and 2005/0089932, 2005/0048512, and 2004/0175756, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
[0072] Each of the known 217 human A-domains comprises ~35 amino acids (~4 kDa); and these domains are separated by linkers that average five amino acids in length. Native A- domains fold quickly and efficiently to a uniform, stable structure mediated primarily by calcium binding and disulfide formation. A conserved scaffold motif of only 12 amino acids is required for this common structure. The end result is a single protein chain containing multiple domains, each of which represents a separate function. Each domain of the proteins binds independently and the energetic contributions of each domain are additive. These proteins were called "AVIMERs™" from avidity multimers.
[0073] The term "diabodies" refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444 6448 (1993).
[0074] Antigen-binding polypeptides also include heavy chain dimers such as, for example, antibodies from camelids and sharks. Camelid and shark antibodies comprise a homodimeric pair of two chains of V-like and C-like domains (neither has a light chain). Since the VH region of a heavy chain dimer IgG in a camelid does not have to make hydrophobic interactions with a light chain, the region in the heavy chain that normally contacts a light chain is changed to hydrophilic amino acid residues in a camelid. VH domains of heavy-chain dimer IgGs are called VHH domains. Shark Ig-NARs comprise a homodimer of one variable domain (termed a V-NAR domain) and five C-like constant domains (C-NAR domains). In camelids, the diversity of antibody repertoire is determined by the CDRs 1, 2, and 3 in the VH or VHH regions. The CDR3 in the camel VHH region is characterized by its relatively long length, averaging 16 amino acids (Muyldermans et al, 1994, Protein Engineering 7(9): 1129). This is in contrast to CDR3 regions of antibodies of many other species. For example, the CDR3 of mouse VH has an average of 9 amino acids. Libraries of camelid-derived antibody variable regions, which maintain the in vivo diversity of the variable regions of a camelid, can be made by, for example, the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 20050037421.
[0075] "Chimeric" forms of non-human {e.g., murine) antibodies include chimeric antibodies which contain minimal sequence derived from a non-human Ig. For the most part, chimeric antibodies are murine antibodies in which at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin are inserted in place of the murine Fc. For details, see Jones et al, Nature 321 : 522-525 (1986); Reichmann et al, Nature 332: 323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol, 2: 593-596 (1992).
[0076] The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to conventional (polyclonal) antibody
preparations, which can include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, monoclonal antibodies can be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), or can be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567). In certain embodiments, the monoclonal antibodies can be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et ah, Nature 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
[0077] Antibodies can be isolated and purified from the culture supernatant or ascites mentioned above by saturated ammonium sulfate precipitation, euglobulin precipitation method, caproic acid method, caprylic acid method, ion exchange chromatography (DEAE or DE52), or affinity chromatography using anti-Ig column or a protein A, G or L column such as described in more detail below.
[0078] When constructing an immunoglobulin molecule, variable regions or portions thereof may be fused to, connected to, or otherwise joined to one or more constant regions or portions thereof to produce any of the antibodies described herein. This may be accomplished in a variety of ways known in the art, including but not limited to, molecular cloning techniques or direct synthesis of the nucleic acids encoding the molecules
[0079] As used herein, "immunoreactive" refers to binding agents, antibodies or fragments thereof that are specific to a sequence of amino acid residues ("binding site" or "epitope"), yet if are cross-reactive to other peptides/proteins, are not toxic at the levels at which they are formulated for administration to human use. The term "binding" refers to a direct association between two molecules, due to, for example, covalent, electrostatic, hydrophobic, and ionic and/or hydrogen-bond interactions under physiological conditions, and including interactions such as salt bridges and water bridges and any other conventional binding means. The term "preferentially binds" means that the binding agent binds to the binding site with greater affinity than it binds unrelated amino acid sequences. Affinity can be at least 1-fold greater, at least 2- fold greater, at least 3-fold greater, at least 4-fold greater, at least 5-fold greater, at least 6-fold greater, at least 7-fold greater, at least 8-fold greater, at least 9-fold greater, 10-fold greater, at least 20-fold greater, at least 30-fold greater, at least 40-fold greater, at least 50-fold greater, at least 60-fold greater, at least 70-fold greater, at least 80-fold greater, at least 90-fold greater, at least 100-fold greater, or at least 1000-fold greater than the affinity of the binding agent for unrelated amino acid sequences. The terms "immunoreactive" and "preferentially binds" are used interchangeably herein.
[0080] As used herein, the term "affinity" refers to the equilibrium constant for the reversible binding of two agents and is expressed as Kd. Affinity of a binding protein to a ligand such as affinity of an antibody for an epitope can be, for example, from about 100 nanomolar (nM) to about 0.1 nM, from about 100 nM to about 1 picomolar (pM), or from about 100 nM to about 1 femtomolar (fM). As used herein, the term "avidity" refers to the resistance of a complex of two or more agents to dissociation after dilution. Apparent affinities can be determined by methods such as an enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or any other technique familiar to one of skill in the art. Avidities can be determined by methods such as a Scatchard analysis or any other technique familiar to one of skill in the art.
[0081] "Epitope" refers to that portion of an antigen or other macromolecule capable of forming a binding interaction with the variable region binding pocket of an antibody. Such binding interactions can be manifested as an intermolecular contact with one or more amino acid residues of one or more CDRs. Antigen binding can involve, for example, a CDR3 or a CDR3 pair or, in some cases, interactions of up to all six CDRs of the VH and VL chains. An epitope can be a linear peptide sequence (i.e., "continuous") or can be composed of noncontiguous amino acid sequences (i.e., "conformational" or "discontinuous"). An antibody can recognize one or more amino acid sequences; therefore an epitope can define more than one distinct amino acid sequence. Epitopes recognized by antibodies can be determined by peptide mapping and sequence analysis techniques well known to one of skill in the art. Binding interactions are manifested as intermolecular contacts with one or more amino acid residues of a CDR. TRC105 is a murine antibody which is the same amino acid sequence as murine antibody described as Y4-2F1 or SN6j in US patent numbers 5,928,641; 6,200,566; 6,190,660; and 7,097,836.
Epitopes recognized by Y4-2F1 and SN6j, and thus TRC105, have been previously identified.
[0082] The term "specific" refers to a situation in which an antibody will not show any significant binding to molecules other than the antigen containing the epitope recognized by the antibody. The term is also applicable where, for example, an antigen binding domain is specific for a particular epitope which is carried by a number of antigens, in which case the antibody will be able to bind to the various antigens carrying the epitope. The terms "preferentially binds" or "specifically binds" mean that the antibodies bind to an epitope with greater affinity than it binds unrelated amino acid sequences, and, if cross-reactive to other polypeptides containing the epitope, are not toxic at the levels at which they are formulated for administration to human use. In one aspect, such affinity is at least 1-fold greater, at least 2-fold greater, at least 3 -fold greater, at least 4-fold greater, at least 5-fold greater, at least 6-fold greater, at least 7-fold greater, at least 8-fold greater, at least 9-fold greater, 10-fold greater, at least 20-fold greater, at least 30- fold greater, at least 40-fold greater, at least 50-fold greater, at least 60-fold greater, at least 70- fold greater, at least 80-fold greater, at least 90-fold greater, at least 100-fold greater, or at least 1000-fold greater than the affinity of the antibody for unrelated amino acid sequences. The terms "immunoreactive," "binds," "preferentially binds" and "specifically binds" are used
interchangeably herein. The term "binding" refers to a direct association between two
molecules, due to, for example, covalent, electrostatic, hydrophobic, and ionic and/or hydrogen- bond interactions under physiological conditions, and includes interactions such as salt bridges and water bridges, as well as any other conventional means of binding.
[0083] "Isolated" (used interchangeably with "substantially pure") when applied to
polypeptides means a polypeptide or a portion thereof which, by virtue of its origin or manipulation: (i) is present in a host cell as the expression product of a portion of an expression vector; or (ii) is linked to a protein or other chemical moiety other than that to which it is linked in nature; or (iii) does not occur in nature, for example, a protein that is chemically manipulated by appending, or adding at least one hydrophobic moiety to the protein so that the protein is in a form not found in nature. By "isolated" it is further meant a protein that is: (i) synthesized chemically; or (ii) expressed in a host cell and purified away from associated and contaminating proteins. The term generally means a polypeptide that has been separated from other proteins and nucleic acids with which it naturally occurs. Typically, the polypeptide is also separated from substances such as antibodies or gel matrices (polyacrylamide) which are used to purify it.
ANGIOGENESIS TERMINOLOGY
[0084] As used herein, the terms "angiogenesis inhibitory," "angiogenesis inhibiting" or "anti- angiogenic" include inhibition of vasculogenesis, and are intended to mean affecting a decrease in the extent, amount, or rate of neovascularization. Effecting a decrease in the extent, amount, or rate of endothelial cell proliferation or migration in the tissue is a specific example of inhibiting angiogenesis.
[0085] The term "angiogenesis inhibitory composition" refers to a composition which inhibits angiogenesis-mediated processes such as endothelial cell migration, proliferation, tube formation and subsequently leading to the inhibition of the generation of new blood vessels from existing ones, and consequently affects angiogenesis-dependent conditions.
[0086] As used herein, the term "angiogenesis-dependent condition" is intended to mean a condition where the process of angiogenesis or vasculogenesis sustains or augments a pathological condition or beneficially influences normal physiological processes. Therefore, treatment of an angiogenesis-dependent condition in which angiogenesis sustains a pathological condition could result in mitigation of disease, while treatment of an angiogenesis-dependent condition in which angiogenesis beneficially influences normal physiological processes could result in, e.g., enhancement of a normal process.
[0087] Angiogenesis is the formation of new blood vessels from pre-existing capillaries or post-capillary venules. Vasculogenesis results from the formation of new blood vessels arising from angioblasts which are endothelial cell precursors. Both processes result in new blood vessel formation and are included in the meaning of the term angiogenesis-dependent conditions. The term "angiogenesis" as used herein is intended to include de novo formation of vessels such as that arising from vasculo genesis as well as those arising from branching and sprouting of existing vessels, capillaries and venules. Angiogenesis can also be inclusive of induction of ALKl signaling and related Smad 1/5/8 phosphorylation and/or signaling. CD 105 is also known to be involved in the ALKl signaling pathway and is thus also included within the meaning of angiogenesis.
[0088] Tumor-initiating CD105+ cell populations have been found in human renal carcinomas. The CD105+ cells presented the characteristic of tumor stem cells previously described for cancer stem cells present in other tumor types. The CD 105+ cells observed were clonogenic, expressed stem cell markers and lacked differentiative markers, could differentiate in vitro into epithelial and endothelial cell types and could generate in vivo serially transplantable tumors. The tumors, despite being derived from clones expressing mesenchymal markers, are epithelial carcinomas as the tumor of origin and are characterized by the maintenance of a CD105+ tumorigenic population and by the presence of a non-tumorigenic differentiated CD 105- population.
[0089] "Inducing a host immune response" means that a patient experiences alleviation or reduction of signs or symptoms of illness, and specifically includes, without limitation, prolongation of survival.
[0090] As used herein, the terms "proliferative disorder" and "proliferative condition" mean any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or undesirable proliferation. The terms "cell proliferative disorder" and "cell proliferative condition" mean any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or undesirable cell proliferation, as well as including conditions characterized by undesirable or unwanted cell proliferation or cell survival (e.g., due to deficient apoptosis), conditions characterized by deficient or aberrant or deficient apoptosis, as well as conditions characterized by aberrant or undesirable or unwanted cell survival. The term "differentiative disorder" means any pathological or non-pathological physiological condition characterized by aberrant or deficient differentiation.
[0091] Proliferative or differentiative disorders amenable to treatment include diseases conditions, benign and neoplastic, characterized by abnormal or undesirable cell numbers, cell growth or cell survival. Such disorders or conditions may therefore constitute a disease state and include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs.
[0092] Cells comprising the proliferative or differentiative disorder may be aggregated in a cell mass or be dispersed. A "non-solid tumor" refers to neoplasias of the hematopoietic system, such as lymphomas, myelomas and leukemias, or neoplasias that are diffuse in nature, as they do not typically form a solid mass. Particular examples of leukemias include for example, acute and chronic lymphoblastic, myeloblastic and multiple myeloma.
[0093] The term "solid tumor" refers to neoplasias or metastases that typically aggregate together and form a mass. Such disorders include neoplasms or cancers, which can affect virtually any cell or tissue type, e.g. , carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to breast, lung, thyroid, head and neck, brain, lymphoid, gastrointestinal (mouth, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, colon, rectum), genito-urinary tract (uterus, ovary, cervix, bladder, testicle, penis, prostate), kidney, pancreas, liver, bone, muscle, skin, etc.
[0094] Carcinomas refer to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissue, and include respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon, liver and ovary. The term also includes
carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. Adenocarcinoma includes a carcinoma of a glandular tissue, or in which the tumor forms a gland like structure.
[0095] A cancerous tissue to be treated is, for example, an endothelial tissue or transformed cell expressing an abnormal level of CD 105. As used herein, the term "transformed cells" refers to cells that have spontaneously converted to a state of unrestrained growth, i.e., they have acquired the ability to grow through an indefinite number of divisions in culture. Transformed cells may be characterized by such terms as neoplastic, anaplastic and/or hyperplastic, with respect to their loss of growth control. For purposes of this invention, the terms "transformed phenotype of malignant mammalian cells" and "transformed phenotype" are intended to encompass, but not be limited to, any of the following phenotypic traits associated with cellular transformation of mammalian cells: immortalization, morphological or growth transformation, and tumorigenicity, as detected by prolonged growth in cell culture, growth in semi-solid media, or tumorigenic growth in immuno-incompetent or syngeneic animals.
[0096] The term "tumor cell antigen" is defined herein as an antigen that is present in higher quantities on a tumor cell or in body fluids than unrelated tumor cells, normal cells, or in normal body fluid. The antigen presence may be tested by any number of assays known to those skilled in the art and include without limitation negative and/or positive selection with antibodies, such as an ELISA assay, a radioimmunoassay, or by Western Blot. [0097] The terms "apoptosis" or "programmed cell death," refers to the physiological process by which unwanted or useless cells are eliminated during development and other normal biological processes. Apoptosis is a mode of cell death that occurs under normal physiological conditions and the cell is an active participant in its own demise ("cellular suicide"). It is most often found during normal cell turnover and tissue homeostasis, embryogenesis, induction and maintenance of immune tolerance, development of the nervous system and endocrine-dependent tissue atrophy. Cells undergoing apoptosis show characteristic morphological and biochemical features. These features include chromatin aggregation, nuclear and cytoplasmic condensation, partition of cytoplasm and nucleus into membrane bound vesicles (apoptotic bodies), which contain ribosomes, morphologically intact mitochondria and nuclear material. In vivo, these apoptotic bodies are rapidly recognized and phagocytized by macrophages, dendritic cells or adjacent epithelial cells. Due to this efficient mechanism for the removal of apoptotic cells in vivo no inflammatory response is elicited. In vitro, the apoptotic bodies as well as the remaining cell fragments ultimately swell and finally lyse. This terminal phase of in vitro cell death has been termed "secondary necrosis." Apoptosis can be measured by methods known to those skilled in the art like DNA fragmentation, exposure of Annexin V, activation of caspases, release of cytochrome c, etc. A cell that has been induced to die is termed herein as an
"apoptotic cell."
[0098] "Apoptosis inducing agent" is defined herein to induce apoptosis/programmed cell death, and include, for example, anti-CD 105 antibodies, anti-VEGF antibodies, irradiation, chemotherapeutic agents or receptor ligation agents, wherein cells, for example, tumor cells or endothelial cells are induced to undergo programmed cell death. Exemplary apoptosis inducing agents are described in more detail below.
[0099] Apoptosis can be tested using a standard Annexin V Apoptosis Assay: NIH:OVCAR-3 cells are grown in 6-well plates (NUNC) and irradiated or treated with an antagonist (or in combination with another anti-cancer drug) for 4-48 hours, washed and stained with Annexin V- FITC (BD-Pharmingen) for 1 hour. Cells are analyzed by flow cytometry (Becton-Dickinson, CellQuest), counterstained with Propidium Iodide and analyzed again in the flow cytometer.
METHODS OF MAKING AND EXPRESSING ANTIBODIES
[00100] Chimeric immunoglobulins have been constructed by means of genetic engineering. Most chimeric immunoglobulins that have been previously described have comprised a VH and VL from a mouse monoclonal antibody and a CL and Fc of a human antibody. Fc regions can be used from any of the isotypes described herein. As described herein, chimeric can also include criteria by which a limited number of amino acids in the framework of the light chain variable region and/or the heavy chain variable chain are modified in order to increase the affinity of an antibody.
[00101] Chimeric antibodies generally have several potential advantages over mouse antibodies for use in human therapy. Because the effector portion of an antibody is human, it is believed to interact better with the other parts of the human immune system (e.g., destroy the target cells more efficiently by complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC)). Additionally, the human immune system should not recognize the constant region of the chimeric antibody as foreign, and therefore the antibody response against such an injected antibody should, typically, be less than against a totally foreign mouse antibody. Finally, mouse antibodies are known to have a half-life in the human circulation that is much shorter than the half-life of human antibodies. Chimeric antibodies can, presumably, have a half-life more similar to naturally-occurring human antibodies, allowing smaller and less frequent doses to be given.
[00102] When increased affinity of an antibody is desired, residues within the CDRs of an antibody may be additionally substituted with other amino acids. Typically, no more than four amino acid residues in a CDR are changed, and most typically no more than two residues in the CDR will be changed, except for heavy chain CDR2, where as many as 10 residues may be changed. Changes in affinity can be measured by conventional methods such as those described herein (e.g., Biacore).
[00103] Antibodies can be constructed and produced using conventional techniques known in the art. In addition, recombinantly prepared antibodies can often be produced in large quantities, particularly when utilizing high level expression vectors.
[00104] For veterinary uses, an antibody can be synthesized for administration to a non-human (e.g., a primate, a cow, a horse, a pig, etc.) by using a non-human Fc.
[00105] Art-recognized techniques such as those provided and incorporated herein, can be used to modify nucleotides encoding amino acid sequences using recombinant techniques in restriction endonuclease sites.
[00106] For expression, an expression system is one which utilizes the GS system (Lonza) using a glutamine synthetase gene as the selectable marker. Briefly, a transfection is performed in CHO cells by electroporation (250V) using the GS system (Lonza) using the glutamine synthetase gene as the selectable marker. Wild type CHO cells are grown in DMEM (Sigma) containing 10% dialyzed Fetal Calf Serum (FCS) with 2 mM glutamine. 6xl07 CHO cells are transfected with 300 μg of linearized DNA by electroporation. After electroporation the cells are resuspended in DMEM with glutamine and plated out into 36 x 96-well plates (50 μΐ/well), and incubated at 37° C. in 5% C02. The following day, 150 μΐ/well of selective medium (DMEM without glutamine) is added. After approximately 3 weeks the colonies are screened by ELISA (see below) using an irrelevant antibody as a negative control. All colonies producing >20 μg/ml are expanded into 24-well plates and then into duplicate T25 flasks.
[00107] For high level production, a widely used mammalian expression system is one which utilizes the gene amplification procedure offered by dehydrofolate reductase deficient ("dhfr- ") Chinese hamster ovary cells. The system is based upon the dehydrofolate reductase "dhfr" gene, which encodes the DHFR enzyme, which catalyzes conversion of dehydrofolate to
tetrahydrofolate. In order to achieve high production, dhfr- CHO cells are transfected with an expression vector containing a functional DHFR gene, together with a gene that encodes a desired protein. In this case, the desired protein is recombinant antibody heavy chain and/or light chain.
[00108] By increasing the amount of the competitive DHFR inhibitor methotrexate (MTX), the recombinant cells develop resistance by amplifying the dhfr gene. In standard cases, the amplification unit employed is much larger than the size of the dhfr gene, and as a result the antibody heavy chain is co-amplified.
[00109] When large scale production of the protein, such as the antibody chain, is desired, both the expression level and the stability of the cells being employed are taken into account. In long term culture, recombinant CHO cell populations lose homogeneity with respect to their specific antibody productivity during amplification, even though they derive from a single, parental clone.
[00110] The present application provides an isolated polynucleotide (nucleic acid) encoding an antibody or portion thereof as described herein, vectors containing such polynucleotides, and host cells and expression systems for transcribing and translating such polynucleotides into polypeptides.
[00111] The present application also provides constructs in the form of plasmids, vectors, transcription or expression cassettes which comprise at least one polynucleotide as above.
[00112] The present application also provides a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more constructs as above. A nucleic acid encoding any antibody described herein forms an aspect of the present application, as does a method of production of the antibody, which method comprises expression from encoding nucleic acid therefrom. Expression can conveniently be achieved by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the nucleic acid. Following production by expression, an antibody or a portion thereof can be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, then used as appropriate.
[00113] Specific antibodies (or portions thereof) encoding nucleic acid molecules and vectors containing same described herein can be provided isolated and/or purified, e.g., from their natural environment, in substantially pure or homogeneous form. In the case of nucleic acid, free or substantially free of nucleic acid or genes origin other than the sequence encoding a polypeptide with the required function. Nucleic acid sequences can comprise DNA or RNA and can be wholly or partially synthetic. Methods of purification are well known in the art.
[00114] Systems for cloning and expression of a polypeptide in a variety of different host cells are well known. Suitable host cells include bacteria, mammalian cells, yeast and baculovirus systems. Mammalian cell lines available in the art for expression of a heterologous polypeptide include, but are not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney cells, NSO mouse myeloma cells and many others.
[00115] A wide variety of unicellular host cells are also useful in expressing the DNA sequences. These hosts include well-known eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts, such as strains of E. coli, Pseudomonas, Bacillus, Streptomyces, fungi such as yeasts, and animal cells, such as CHO, YB/20, NSO, SP2/0, Rl.l, B-W and L-M cells, African Green Monkey kidney cells (e.g., COS 1, COS 7, BSC1, BSC40, and BMT10), insect cells (e.g., Sf9), and human cells and plant cells in tissue culture.
[00116] The expression of antibodies or portions thereof in prokaryotic cells such as E. coli is well established in the art. For a review, see for example Pluckthun, A. Bio/Technology 9: 545- 551 (1991).
[00117] Expression in eukaryotic cells in culture is also available to those skilled in the art as an option for production of the antibodies described herein, see for recent reviews, for example Raff, M.E. (1993) Curr. Opinion Biotech. 4: 573-576; Trill J.J. et al. (1995) Curr. Opinion Biotech 6: 553-560, each of which is which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[00118] Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, marker genes and other sequences as appropriate. Vectors can be plasmids, viral e.g. 'phage, or phagemid, as appropriate. For further details see, for example, Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual: 2nd edition, Sambrook et al., 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Many known techniques and protocols for manipulation of nucleic acid, for example in preparation of nucleic acid constructs, mutagenesis, sequencing, introduction of DNA into cells and gene expression, and analysis of proteins, are described in detail in Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Second Edition, Ausubel et al. eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992. The methods disclosures of Sambrook et al. and Ausubel et al. are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and are well known in the art.
[00119] Thus, a further aspect provides a host cell containing nucleic acid as disclosed herein. A still further aspect provides a method comprising introducing such nucleic acid into a host cell. The introduction can employ any available technique. For eukaryotic cells, suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE Dextran, electroporation, liposome-mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus, e.g., vaccinia or, for insect cells, baculovirus. For bacterial cells, suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using
bacteriophage.
[00120] The introduction can be followed by causing or allowing expression from the nucleic acid, e.g. by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of the gene.
[00121] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid is integrated into the genome {e.g., chromosome) of the host cell. Integration can be promoted by inclusion of sequences which promote recombination with the genome, in accordance with standard techniques. Ig enhances can be initialized as needed to maximize expression.
[00122] The present application also provides a method which comprises using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express the antibodies (or portions thereof) as above.
[00123] The present application also relates to isolated nucleic acids, such as recombinant DNA molecules or cloned genes, or degenerate variants thereof, mutants, analogs, or fragments thereof, which encode an antibody that binds CD 105.
[00124] In a further embodiment, the full DNA sequence of the recombinant DNA molecule or cloned gene of an antibody or portion thereof described herein can be operatively linked to an expression control sequence which can be introduced into an appropriate host. The application accordingly extends to unicellular hosts transformed with the cloned gene or recombinant DNA molecule comprising a DNA sequence encoding the VH, VL, CL and/or Fc, of the antibody.
[00125] Another feature is the expression of the DNA sequences disclosed herein. As is well known in the art, DNA sequences can be expressed by operatively linking them to an expression control sequence in an appropriate expression vector and employing that expression vector to transform an appropriate unicellular host.
[00126] Such operative linking of a DNA sequence to an expression control sequence, of course, includes, if not already part of the DNA sequence, the provision of an initiation codon, ATG, in the correct reading frame upstream of the DNA sequence.
[00127] Polynucleotides and vectors can be provided in an isolated and/or a purified form {e.g., free or substantially free of polynucleotides of origin other than the polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide with the required function). As used herein, "substantially pure," and "substantially free" refer to a solution or suspension containing less than, for example, about 20% or less extraneous material, about 10% or less extraneous material, about 5% or less extraneous material, about 4% or less extraneous material, about 3% or less extraneous material, about 2% or less extraneous material, or about 1% or less extraneous material.
[00128] A wide variety of host/expression vector combinations can be employed in expressing the DNA sequences of this invention. Useful expression vectors, for example, can consist of segments of chromosomal, non-chromosomal and synthetic DNA sequences. Suitable vectors include, but are not limited to, derivatives of SV40 and known bacterial plasmids, e.g., E. coli plasmids col El, Perl, Pbr322, Pmb9 and their derivatives, plasmids such as RP4; phage DNAs, e.g., the numerous derivatives of phage λ, e.g., NM989, and other phage DNA, e.g., Ml 3 and filamentous single stranded phage DNA; yeast plasmids such as the 2u plasmid or derivatives thereof; vectors useful in eukaryotic cells, such as vectors useful in insect or mammalian cells; vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNAs, such as plasmids that have been modified to employ phage DNA or other expression control sequences; and the like.
[00129] Also provided herein is a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more polynucleotide constructs. A polynucleotide encoding an antibody as provided herein forms an aspect of the present application, as does a method of production of the antibody which method comprises expression from one or more polynucleotides. Expression can be achieved, for example, by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the polynucleotide. An antibody can then be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, and used as appropriate.
[00130] Any of a wide variety of expression control sequences - sequences that control the expression of a DNA sequence operatively linked to it - can be used in these vectors to express the DNA sequences. Such useful expression control sequences include, for example, the early or late promoters of SV40, CMV, vaccinia, polyoma or adenovirus, the lac system, the trp system, the TAC system, the TRC system, the LTR system, the major operator and promoter regions of phage λ, the control regions of fd coat protein, the promoter for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, the promoters of acid phosphatase {e.g., Pho5), the promoters of the yeast alpha-mating factors, and other sequences known to control the expression of genes of prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells or their viruses, and various combinations thereof.
[00131] It will be understood that not all vectors, expression control sequences and hosts will function equally well to express the DNA sequences. Neither will all hosts function equally well with the same expression system. However, one skilled in the art will be able to select the proper vectors, expression control sequences, and hosts without undue experimentation to accomplish the desired expression without departing from the scope of this application. For example, in selecting a vector, the host must be considered because the vector must function in it. The vector's copy number, the ability to control that copy number, and the expression of any other proteins encoded by the vector, such as antibiotic markers, will also be considered. One of ordinary skill in the art can select the proper vectors, expression control sequences, and hosts to accomplish the desired expression without departing from the scope of this application. For example, in selecting a vector, the host is considered because the vector functions in it. The vector's copy number, the ability to control that copy number, and the expression of any other proteins encoded by the vector, such as antibiotic markers, can also be considered.
[00132] The present application also provides constructs in the form of plasmids, vectors, transcription or expression cassettes as described elsewhere herein which comprise at least one polynucleotide as above. Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, selectable markers and other sequences as appropriate. Vectors can be plasmids, viral e.g., phage, phagemid, etc., as appropriate. For further details see, for example, Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual: 2nd edition, Sambrook et al., 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Many known techniques and protocols for manipulation of nucleic acid, for example in preparation of nucleic acid constructs, mutagenesis, sequencing, introduction of DNA into cells and gene expression, and analysis of proteins, are described in detail in Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Second Edition, Ausubel et al. eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992. The methods and disclosures of Sambrook et al. and Ausubel et al. are incorporated herein by reference.
[00133] In selecting an expression control sequence, a variety of factors will normally be considered. These include, for example, the relative strength of the system, its controllability, and its compatibility with the particular DNA sequence or gene to be expressed, particularly as regards potential secondary structures. Suitable unicellular hosts will be selected by
consideration of, e.g., their compatibility with the chosen vector, their secretion characteristics, their ability to fold proteins correctly, and their fermentation requirements, as well as the toxicity to the host of the product encoded by the DNA sequences to be expressed, and the ease of purification of the expression products.
[00134] A further aspect provides a host cell containing one or more polynucleotides as disclosed herein. Yet a further aspect provides a method of introducing such one or more polynucleotides into a host cell, any available technique. For eukaryotic cells, suitable techniques can include, for example, calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE Dextran, electroporation, liposome-mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus {e.g., vaccinia) or, for insect cells, baculovirus. For bacterial cells, suitable techniques can include, for example calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using bacteriophages. [00135] The introduction can be followed by causing or allowing expression from the one or more polynucleotides, e.g. by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of one or more polypeptides from one or more polynucleotides. Inducible systems can be used and expression induced by addition of an activator.
[00136] In one embodiment, the polynucleotides can be integrated into the genome {e.g., chromosome) of the host cell. Integration can be promoted by inclusion of sequences which promote recombination with the genome, in accordance with standard techniques. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid is maintained on an episomal vector in the host cell.
[00137] Methods are provided herein which include using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express a specific polypeptide.
[00138] Considering these and other factors, a person skilled in the art will be able to construct a variety of vector/expression control sequence/host combinations that will express the DNA sequences on fermentation or in large scale animal culture.
[00139] A polynucleotide encoding an antibody or a portion thereof can be prepared recombinantly/synthetically in addition to, or rather than, cloned. The polynucleotide can be designed with the appropriate codons. In general, one will select preferred codons for an intended host if the sequence will be used for expression. The complete polynucleotide can be assembled from overlapping oligonucleotides prepared by standard methods and assembled into a complete coding sequence. See, e.g., Edge, Nature, 292:756 (1981); Nambair et ah, Science, 223: 1299 (1984); Jay et al, J. Biol. Chem., 259:6311 (1984).
[00140] Simultaneous incorporation of the antibody (or portion thereof)-encoding nucleic acids and the selected amino acid position changes can be accomplished by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, including for example, recombinant and chemical synthesis.
ANTI-CD 105 ANTIBODIES
[00141] Endoglin (CD 105) is expressed on the cell surface as a 180 kDa homodimeric transmembrane protein. The external domain binds TGF-βΙ and -3 isoforms with high affinity (50 nM), and the transmembrane and the intracellular domains of CD 105 share a 71% sequence similarity with betaglycan. The human CD 105 gene is located on chromosome 9q34, identified using fluorescence in situ hybridization, and the coding region contains 14 exons, and two different isoforms (L and S) of CD 105 with capacity to bind TGF- β have been characterized. The L-CD105 consists of 633 amino acid residues with 47 amino acid residues in the cytoplasmic tail as opposed to the S -CD 105, which consists of 600 amino acid residues with a 14 amino acid cytoplasmic tail. However, L-CD105 is the predominant form. CD 105 is constitutively phosphorylated in endothelial cells, mainly on serine and threonine residues, and this phosphorylation is due to the constitutively active TGF- β RII within the cell. TGF- β binding to CD 105 results in down-regulation of phosphorylation, similar to effects seen with protein kinase C inhibitors. The human CD 105 amino acid sequence contains the tripeptide arginine-glycine-aspartic acid (RGD) located in an exposed region of the extracellular domain. The RGD peptide is a key recognition structure found on ECM proteins such as fibronectin, vitronectin, von Willebrand factor (vWF), type I collagen, and fibrinogen and is recognized by cell surface integrins. Integrin adhesion has been implicated in hemostasis, thrombosis, angiogenesis and inflammation, processes in which the endothelium plays a critical role. (Duff et al, FASEB J., 17:984-992 (2003)).
[00142] CD 105 is a member of the TGF-β receptor family that is expressed by proliferating endothelial cells. Normal levels of CD 105 are needed for endothelial cell proliferation. CD 105 expression is increased by cellular hypoxia through the production of hypoxia-inducible factor- 1-a (HIF-l-a) and protects hypoxic cells from apoptosis. Several functions of CD 105 are associated with TGF-β signaling. TGF-β signals through heterodimeric receptors consisting of serine kinases, receptor I (RI), and receptor II (RII). Binding of TGF-β to the external domains of the receptor unmasks the cytoplasmic RII kinase activity that phosphorylates the TGF-β RI, which can then interact with downstream signalers such as the Smad proteins. CD 105 forms part of the TGF-β receptor complex but it can exist independently on the cell surface. In many cells in vitro, CD 105 suppresses TGF-β signaling.
[00143] CD 105 also binds other growth factors such as activin A and bone morphogenic proteins (BMP) -10, -9, -7 and -2. Binding of TGF-β or other growth factor ligands to CD105 requires the presence of at least the receptor RII, and it cannot bind ligands by itself. CD 105 association with receptors does not alter their affinity for the ligand itself. Upon association, the cytoplasmic domain of CD 105 is phosphorylated by TGF-β RI and TGF-β RII; then TGF-β RI, but not TGF-β RII, kinase dissociates from the receptor complex.
[00144] CD 105 expression inhibits phosphorylation levels of TGF-β RII but increases that of TGF-β RI, resulting in increased phosphorylation of Smad 2 but not Smad 3. Since Smad 2 can interact with a variety of transcription factors, co-activators, and suppressors, phosphorylated Smad 2 may act as an integrator of multiple signals to modulate gene transcription. Thus, CD 105 modulates TGF-β functions via interaction with TGF-β RI and TGF-β RII and modifies the phosphorylation of downstream Smad proteins.
[00145] CD 105 acts to modulate signaling of multiple kinase receptor complexes of the TGF-β superfamily, including TGF-β receptors (TGF^R), activin receptor-like kinases (ALK) and activin receptors. In the absence of CD 105, activation of TGF-β receptors results in
phosphorylation of SMAD proteins (SMAD 2 and 3) that inhibit endothelial cell growth.
However, activation of CD 105 by TGF-β modulates SMAD protein phosphorylation (including the phosphorylation of SMAD 1, 5 and 8). The end result is release of the growth inhibitory effects of TGF-β receptor activation on endothelial cells (see Fig. 2). Not surprisingly, prevention of CD 105 activation by anti-CD 105 antibody or antisense oligonucleotide acts synergistically with TGF-β to suppress endothelial cell growth.
[00146] The CD 105 promoter is 2.6 kb in length but does not contain TATA or CAAT transcription initiation boxes. However, it has two GC-rich regions, consensus motifs for Spl, ets, GATA, AP-2, NGF-β, and Mad, as well as TGF-β response elements. Nonetheless, CD 105 has a relatively restricted cellular distribution. The basal level of transcription appears to require an ets site at position -68 and the Spl sites, but the relative restriction of expression, for example, to endothelial cells, appears to involve multiple regulatory regions, in particular, one at -1294 to -932 and another very close to the transcription initiation site. CD105 is up-regulated by TGF-β, and this has been shown to require a Spl site at -37 to -29, also involving one or more juxtaposed upstream SBE sites binding Smads 3 and/or 4 (which are activated by TGF-β signaling). Hypoxia is a common feature of ischemic tissues and tumors, and is a potent stimulator for CD 105 gene expression in vascular endothelial cells (ECs). Such an effect is potentiated in combination with TGF-β 1. The up-regulated CD 105 can exert a self-protective role in ECs under hypoxic stress.
[00147] Vascular EC are the major source of CD 105. Other cell types including vascular smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, macrophages, leukemic cells of pre-B and myelomonocytic origin, and erythroid precursors express CD 105 to a lesser extent.
[00148] CD 105 is involved in angiogenesis. Antisense experiments have demonstrated that suppression of CD 105 expression in HUVEC results in marked inhibition of in vitro
angiogenesis in combination with TGF-βΙ, indicating that CD 105 is a proangiogenic component in the endothelial cells. Further evidence of the important role of CD 105 in angiogenesis comes from CD 105 knockout mice. The CD 105 null mice exhibit multiple vascular and cardiac defects leading to death at an early embryonic stage. Severe vascular impairments observed in CD 105 null mice indicate that CD 105 is required for the formation of mature blood vessels in the extraembryonic vasculature, further confirming the direct role of CD 105 in angiogenesis.
[00149] CD105, also known as, inter alia, endoglin or edg-1, is a type I homodimeric membrane glycoprotein which is expressed at high levels in proliferating vascular endothelial cells. Thus, CD 105 is primarily a proliferation-associated marker for endothelial cells undergoing active angiogenesis. However, there may be limited expression of CD 105 by the vascular endothelium of normal tissues. Human CD 105 is known to specifically bind
transforming growth factor-β (TGF-β), and the deduced amino acid sequence of CD 105 has strong homology to β-glycan, a type of TGF-β receptor. [00150] CD 105 has been targeted in antibody-based methods of reducing tumor vasculature, as CD 105 is a proliferation-associated antigen on endothelial and leukemia cells. Its expression is up-regulated in tumor-associated vascular endothelium, and CD 105 is essential for angiogenesis. Angiogenesis includes the formation of new capillary blood vessels leading to
neovascularization as well as the maintenance of the existing vasculature. It is a complex process which includes a series of sequential steps including endothelial cell-mediated degradation of vascular basement membrane and interstitial matrices, migration of endothelial cells, proliferation of endothelial cells, and formation of capillary loops by endothelial cells.
[00151] CD 105 can be found on cells that comprise and support existing vasculature as well as cells that are promoting the growth of, and become part of, new vasculature. These antibodies can bind CD 105 and thereby inhibit angiogenesis, inhibit the existing vasculature or the maintenance of the existing vasculature, and/or inhibit small vessel dilation. In addition to their use for purification of CD 105, these antibodies are useful for purification, detection and diagnostic purposes as well as therapeutic purposes. The antibodies provided herein can be used for the formulation of medicaments for the treatment a variety of conditions and diseases, methods to treat said conditions and diseases and methods of detection or diagnosis. As used herein, angiogenesis is inclusive of the growth and/or development of new blood vessels (also referred to as neovascularization), dilation of the small vessels, excessive or prolonged vascular growth, and maintenance of the existing vasculature. Angiogenic conditions and diseases refer to those diseases and conditions related to, caused by, or associated with angiogenesis. Non- limiting examples of such diseases include, for example, various forms of cancer (primary tumors and metastases). Murine monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) have been raised against CD 105 which modulate CD 105 activity and thereby inhibit angiogenesis and/or inhibit vasodilation of small blood vessels. These murine antibodies are described in U.S. patents 5,928,641, 6,200,566, 6,190,660, and 7,097,836, each of which is hereby incorporated in their entirety. Additionally, the ex vivo and in vivo efficiency of a number of these antibodies has been demonstrated;
monoclonal antibodies that bind CD 105 are of interest as CD 105 modulating compounds.
Therapeutic use of murine antibodies is not feasible, however, as administration of the murine antibodies has a number of limitations, including immunogenicity in, for example, the form of human anti -mouse antibodies (HAMA).
[00152] Several anti-CD 105 antibodies, in particular anti-CD 105 monoclonal antibodies ("mAb"), have been described. MAb SN6 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with glycoprotein mixtures of cell membranes of human leukemia cells (Haruta and Seon, 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 83:7898-7902). SN6 is a murine mAb that recognizes human CD 105. MAb 44G4 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with whole cell suspensions of human pre-B leukemia cells (Gougos and Letarte, 1988, J. Immunol. 141 : 1925-1933; 1990, J. Biol. Chem. 265:8361-8364). 44G4 is also a murine mAb that recognizes human CD105. MAb MJ7/18 is an antibody generated from immunization of rats with inflamed mouse skins (Ge and Butcher, 1994, supra). MJ7/18 is also a mAb that recognizes murine CD105. mAb Tec-11 is an antibody generated from immunization of mice with human umbilical vein endothelial cells (Burrows et al., 1995, Clin. Cancer Res. 1 : 1623-1634). Tec-11 is a murine mAb with reactivity restricted to human CD 105. Chimeric antibodies that bind CD 105 are described herein that exhibit reduced immunogenicity while maintaining and/or improving their specificity.
Additionally, to address problems associated with murine antibodies, chimeric antibodies that bind CD 105 and decrease and/or inhibit angiogenesis are described herein that exhibit reduced immunogenicity while maintaining and/or improving their specificity. These anti-CD 105 antibodies are useful for the diagnosis and treatment of various conditions and diseases as well as for purification and detection of CD 105. Antibodies against CD 105 represent an important area for the development of therapies for the treatment of a variety of diseases and conditions which involve, are influenced by, or affected by angiogenesis.
[00153] Provided herein are antibodies thereof that bind to CD 105. Also provided are antibodies, (or antigen-binding fragments) thereof that bind CD 105 and inhibit (partially or fully) or manage/treat (partially or fully) angiogenesis/neovascularization, dilation of small vessels, inhibition of cell proliferation or inhibition or tumor growth. Similarly, inhibition of CD 105 function (e.g., signaling, binding, activation, and the like) is also included within the meaning of inhibiting or binding CD 105. In yet another embodiment, an antibody inhibits angiogenesis by binding to CD 105. The application also provides cell lines which can be used to produce the antibodies, methods for producing the cell lines, methods for expressing antibodies and purifying the same.
[00154] One can recognize that the antibodies that specifically bind CD 105 generated using the methods described herein can be tested using the assays provided herein or known in the art for the ability to bind to CD 105 using conventional methods including, but not limited to, ELISA. Affinity of antibodies described herein can also be determined using conventional methods including, but not limited to, Biacore or surface plasmon resonance.
[00155] Provided herein are antibodies that bind CD 105. Also provided herein are antibodies that bind CD 105 and inhibit angiogenesis.
[00156] Provided herein is an antibody comprising a light chain variable region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1, a light chain constant region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2, a heavy chain variable region having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3 and a gamma 1 (γΐ) constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4. set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
[00157] In another non- limiting embodiment, the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
[00158] In another non- limiting embodiment, an isolated humanized, de-immunized anti- CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12. Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16. Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23. The sequences are provided below in Example 17.
[00159] In another aspect, the present application provides an antibody capable of competing with an anti-CD 105 antibody described herein under conditions in which at least 5% of an antibody having the VH and VL sequences of the antibody is blocked from binding to CD 105 by competition with such an antibody in an ELISA assay.
[00160] Provided herein are neutralizing antibodies that bind to CD 105 and modulate the activity of CD 105. The neutralizing antibody can for example, inhibit angiogenesis by binding to CD105.
[00161] Antibodies described herein are useful in detection or diagnostic applications as described in more detail below. Antibodies described herein are useful for binding to CD 105, which, in turn, can inhibit angiogenesis as described herein.
[00162] Antibodies described herein can further comprise a therapeutic moiety for use in therapeutic applications.
[00163] Antibodies described herein can also be used as immunoconjugates. As used herein, for purposes of the specification and claims, immunoconjugates refer to conjugates comprised of the anti-CD 105 antibodies or fragments thereof according to the present invention and at least one therapeutic label. Therapeutic labels include antitumor agents and angiogenesis-inhibitors. Such antitumor agents are known in the art and include, but not limited to, toxins, drugs, enzymes, cytokines, radionuclides, photodynamic agents, and angiogenesis inhibitors. Toxins include, but are not limited to, ricin A chain, mutant Pseudomonas exotoxins, diphtheria toxoid,
streptonigrin, boamycin, saporin, gelonin, and pokeweed antiviral protein. Drugs include daunorubicin, methotrexate, and calicheamicins. Radionuclides include radiometals. Cytokines include, but are not limited to, transforming growth factor (TGF)-P, interleukins, interferons, and tumor necrosis factors. Photodynamic agents include, but are not limited to, porphyrins and their derivatives. Additional therapeutic labels will be known in the art and are also contemplated herein. The methods for complexing the anti-CD 105 mAbs or a fragment thereof with at least one antitumor agent are well known to those skilled in the art (i.e., antibody conjugates as reviewed by Ghetie et al., 1994, Pharmacol. Ther. 63:209-34). Such methods may utilize one of several available heterobifunctional reagents used for coupling or linking molecules. Additional radionuclides are further described herein along with additional methods for linking molecules, such as therapeutic and diagnostic labels.
[00164] Antibodies can be modified using techniques known in the art for various purposes such as, for example, by addition of polyethylene glycol (PEG). PEG modification (PEGylation) can lead to one or more of improved circulation time, improved solubility, improved resistance to proteolysis, reduced antigenicity and immunogenicity, improved bioavailability, reduced toxicity, improved stability, and easier formulation (for a review see, Francis et al., International Journal of Hematology 68: 1-18, 1998).
[00165] Fc portions of antibodies can be modified to increase half-life of the in circulation in blood when administered to a patient. Modifications can be determined using conventional means in the art such as, for example, described in U.S. Patent No. 7,217,798, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00166] Other methods of improving the half-life of antibody-based fusion proteins in circulation are also known such as, for example, described in U.S. Patent Nos. 7,091,321 and 6,737,056, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Additionally, antibodies may be produced or expressed so that they do not contain fucose on their complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains. The removal of the fucose from the complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains is known to increase effector functions of the antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, including but not limited to, antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC). Similarly, antibodies that can bind CD 105 can be attached at their C-terminal end to all or part of an immunoglobulin heavy chain derived from any antibody isotype, e.g., IgG, IgA, IgE, IgD and IgM and any of the isotype sub-classes, particularly IgGl, IgG2b, IgG2a, IgG3 and IgG4.
[00167] Additionally, the antibodies described herein can also be modified so that they are able to cross the blood-brain barrier. Such modification of the antibodies described herein allows for the treatment of brain diseases such as glioblastoma multiforme (GBM). Exemplary modifications to allow proteins such as antibodies to cross the blood-brain barrier are described in US Patent Publication 20070082380 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00168] Glycosylation of immunoglobulins has been shown to have significant effects on their effector functions, structural stability, and rate of secretion from antibody-producing cells (Leatherbarrow et al., Mol. Immunol. 22:407 (1985)). The carbohydrate groups responsible for these properties are generally attached to the constant (C) regions of the antibodies. For example, glycosylation of IgG at asparagine 297 in the CH 2 domain is required for full capacity of IgG to activate the classical pathway of complement-dependent cyto lysis (Tao and Morrison, J. Immunol. 143:2595 (1989)). Glycosylation of IgM at asparagine 402 in the CH 3 domain is necessary for proper assembly and cytolytic activity of the antibody (Muraoka and Shulman, J. Immunol. 142:695 (1989)). Removal of glycosylation sites as positions 162 and 419 in the CH 1 and CH3 domains of an IgA antibody led to intracellular degradation and at least 90% inhibition of secretion (Taylor and Wall, Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:4197 (1988)). Additionally, antibodies may be produced or expressed so that they do not contain fucose on their complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains. The removal of the fucose from the complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains is known to increase effector functions of the antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, including but not limited to, antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC). These "defucosylated" antibodies may be produced through a variety of systems utilizing molecular cloning techniques known in the art, including but not limited to, transgenic animals, transgenic plants, or cell-lines that have been genetically engineered so that they no longer contain the enzymes and biochemical pathways necessary for the inclusion of a fucose in the complex N-glycoside-linked sugar chains (also known as fucosyltransferase knock-out animals, plants, or cells). Non- limiting examples of cells that can be engineered to be fucosyltransferase knock-out cells include CHO cells, SP2/0 cells, NS0 cells, and YB2/0 cells.
[00169] Glycosylation of immunoglobulins in the variable (V) region has also been observed. Sox and Hood reported that about 20% of human antibodies are glycosylated in the V region (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 66:975 (1970)). Glycosylation of the V domain is believed to arise from fortuitous occurrences of the N-linked glycosylation signal Asn-Xaa-Ser/Thr in the V region sequence and has not been recognized in the art as playing a role in immunoglobulin function.
[00170] Glycosylation at a variable domain framework residue can alter the binding interaction of the antibody with antigen. The present invention includes criteria by which a limited number of amino acids in the framework or CDRs of an immunoglobulin chain are chosen to be mutated (e.g. , by substitution, deletion, or addition of residues) in order to increase the affinity of an antibody.
[00171] Affinity for binding an antigen can, generally, be modulated by introducing one or more mutations into the V region framework, typically in areas adjacent to one or more CDRs and/or in one or more framework regions. Typically, such mutations involve the introduction of conservative amino acid substitutions that either destroy or create the glycosylation site sequences but do not substantially affect the hydropathic structural properties of the polypeptide. Typically, mutations that introduce a proline residue are avoided. Glycosylation of antibodies is further described in U.S. Patent No. 6,350,861, which is incorporated by reference herein with respect to glycosylation.
[00172] Antibodies can be formulated for short-term delivery or extended (long term) delivery.
[00173] Antibodies that bind to CD 105 can also be used for purification of CD 105 and/or to detect CD 105 levels in a sample or patient to detect or diagnose a disease or disorder associated with CD 105 as described in more detail below.
[00174] Antibodies which bind CD 105 generated using such methods can be tested for one or more of their binding affinity, avidity, and neutralizing capabilities. Useful antibodies can be used to administer a patient to prevent, inhibit, manage or treat a condition disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis.
[00175] Antibodies can be evaluated for one or more of binding affinity, association rates, disassociation rates and avidity. In one aspect, antibodies can be evaluated for their ability to neutralize the activity of CD 105 or VEGF. Measurement binding affinity, association rates, disassociation rates and avidity can be accomplished using art-recognized assays including, but not limited to, an enzyme-linked-immunosorbent assay (ELISA), Scatchard Analysis,
BIACORE analysis (Surface Plasmon Resonance), etc., as well as other assays commonly used and known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
[00176] Measurement of binding of antibodies to CD105 and/or the ability of the antibodies, for example, to inhibit angiogenesis, can be determined using, for example, an enzyme-linked- immunosorbent assay (ELISA), a competitive binding assay, an ELISPOT assay, or any other useful assay known in the art. These assays are commonly used and well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
[00177] In one non- limiting embodiment, an ELISA assay can be used to measure the binding capability of specific antibodies that bind to CD 105.
[00178] Assays, such as an ELISA, also can be used to identify antibodies thereof which exhibit increased specificity for CD 105 in comparison to other antibodies thereof. Assays, such as an ELISA, also can be used to identify antibodies thereof with bind to epitopes across one or more polypeptides and across one or more species of CD 105 or VEGF. The specificity assay can be conducted by running parallel ELISAs in which a test antibody is screened concurrently in separate assay chambers for the ability to bind one or more epitopes on different species of the polypeptide containing the CD 105 epitopes to identify antibodies thereof that bind to CD 105. Another technique for measuring apparent binding affinity familiar to those of skill in the art is a surface plasmon resonance technique (analyzed on a BIACORE 2000 system) (Liljeblad, et al., Glyco. J. 2000, 17:323-329). Standard measurements and traditional binding assays are described by Heeley, R. P., Endocr. Res. 2002, 28:217-229.
[00179] Antibodies that specifically bind to CD 105 can also be assayed for their ability to treat various diseases and conditions associated with angiogenesis in connection with various forms of cancer {e.g., primary tumors, recurring tumors, and metastases). Any suitable assay known to one of skill in the art can be used to monitor such effects. Several such techniques are described herein. In one example, the antibodies described herein are assayed for their ability to bind CD 105. In another example, affinity constants for the antibodies described herein are determined by surface plasmon resonance (SPR). In yet another example, the antibodies described herein are assayed for their effect on the inhibition of angiogenesis.
FORMULATIONS
[00180] Formulations provided herein may include, in addition to active ingredient (anti- CD 105 antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof), a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabilizer, surfactant or other materials well known to those in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active
ingredient(s). The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration.
[00181] Provided herein are new formulations of anti-CD 105 antibodies, pre-filled syringes containing the formulations, and the use of such formulations useful for treating angiogenesis- related disorders. The present application provides formulations that may be used for intravenous or intraocular administration of, for example, treatment of cancers associated with CD 105 and ophthalmologic conditions. Binding, affinity, avidity and activity of an antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, to CD 105 described herein can be assessed using art recognized methods including, but not limited to, assays described supra and below in the Examples.
[00182] In one aspect, provided herein is a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5. [00183] In one aspect, the formulation is stable following preparation, which can be tested according to conventional means. Safe handling and administration of formulations comprising proteins represent significant challenges to pharmaceutical formulators. Proteins possess unique chemical and physical properties that present stability problems: a variety of degradation pathways exist for proteins, implicating both chemical and physical instability. Chemical instability includes deamination, aggregation, clipping of the peptide backbone, and oxidation of methionine residues. Physical instability encompasses many phenomena, including, for example, aggregation.
[00184] A "stable" formulation is one in which the protein therein essentially retains its physical stability and/or chemical stability and/or biological activity upon storage. Various analytical techniques for measuring protein stability are available in the art and are reviewed in Peptide and Protein Drug Delivery, 247-301, Vincent Lee Ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., Pubs. (1991) and Jones, A. Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 10: 29-90 (1993), for example.
Stability can be measured at a selected temperature for a selected time period. Preferably, the formulation is stable at room temperature (about 30° C) or at 40° C for at least 1 month and/or stable at about 2-8° C for at least 1 year, or at least 2 years. Furthermore, the formulation may be stable following freezing (to, e.g., -80° C) and thawing of the formulation.
[00185] A protein "retains its physical stability" in a pharmaceutical formulation if it shows no signs of aggregation, precipitation and/or denaturation upon visual examination of color and/or clarity, or as measured by UV light scattering or by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
Methods for determining such measurements are known in the art and are described in more detail below.
[00186] A protein "retains its chemical stability" in a formulation, if the chemical stability at a given time is such that the protein is considered to still retain its biological activity as defined below. Chemical stability can be assessed by detecting and quantifying chemically altered forms of the protein. Chemical alteration may involve size modification (e.g., clipping) which can be evaluated using size exclusion chromatography, SDS-PAGE and/or matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization/time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI/TOF MS), for example. Other types of chemical alteration include charge alteration (e.g., occurring as a result of deamidation) which can be evaluated by ion-exchange chromatography or capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing (cIEF), for example.
[00187] An antibody "retains its biological activity" in a formulation, if the biological activity of the antibody at a given time is, for example, within about 50 to 150% (within the errors of the assay) of a biological activity exhibited at the time the formulation was prepared as determined in an antigen binding assay, for example. Other "biological activity" assays for antibodies are elaborated below.
[00188] With respect to stability of the formulation over time, at least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be present as a monomer following storage at about 2 to 8° C for at least about 12 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC). Further art-recognized methods for assessing stability including, but not limited to, those described in the Examples are also contemplated herein.
[00189] Further, the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may display about 50 to 150% binding by a CD 105 ELISA binding assay after storage at about 2 to 8 °C for at least about 12 months.
[00190] The average isoelectric point (pi) of the anti CD105 antibody may be from about 8.8 to about 9.2 after storage at 2 to 8° C for at least about 12 months, as measured by, for example, capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing.
[00191] One would understand that the anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be stable for at least about 12 months, at least about 18 months, at least about 24 months, at least about 30 months, at least about 36 months, or more.
[00192] A formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC following freezing and thawing cycles of the formulation.
Alternatively, or in addition, a formulation may contain at least 95% of the anti CD 105 antibody present as monomer as measured by SEC when subjected to agitation stress.
[00193] The anti CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may comprise any sequence that of CDRs that are capable of binding to CD 105. In one non-limiting embodiment, the anti-CD 105 antibody is TRC105, which comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
[00194] In another non-limiting embodiment, the anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
[00195] The formulation may contain from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti- CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or any value therein including, but not limited to, about 2 mg/ml, about 5 mg/ml, about 7.5 mg/ml, about 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, about 25 mg/ml, about 30 mg/ml, about 35 mg/ml, about 40 mg/ml, about 45 mg/ml, about 50 mg/ml, about 55 mg/ml, about 60 mg/ml, about 65 mg/ml, about 70 mg/ml, about 75 mg/ml, about 80 mg/ml, about 85 mg/ml, about 90 mg/ml, about 95 mg/ml, about 100 mg/ml, about 105 mg/ml, about 110 mg/ml, about 115 mg/ml, about 120 mg/ml, about 125 mg/ml, about 130 mg/ml, about 135 mg/ml, about 140 mg/ml, about 145 mg/ml, about 150 mg/ml, or more, or any integer therebetween. As used herein, when referring to antibody concentrations, the term "about" means ± 2% of the indicated value.
[00196] In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 25 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. In another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 50 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof. In yet another embodiment, the formulation comprises about 100 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
[00197] Formulations as described herein may contain a buffering agent such as, for example, histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate. Buffering agents may be included in an amount of about 5 mM to about 100 mM. In one embodiment, the formulation comprises about 5 mM, about 7.5 mM, about 10 mM, about 12.5 mM, about 15 mM, about 17.5 mM, 20 mM, about 22.5 mM, about 25 mM, about 30 mM, about 35 mM, about 40 mM, about 45 mM, about 50 mM, about 55 mM, about 60 mM, about 65 mM, about 70 mM, about 75 mM, about 80 mM, about 85 mM, about 90 mM, about 95 mM, about 100 mM, or any integer therein histidine, acetate, citrate or phosphate. As used herein, when referring to buffer concentrations, the term "about" means ± 2% of the indicated value.
[00198] Formulations may be prepared for any type of administration known for antibodies including, but not limited to, intravitreal and intravenous administration.
[00199] Formulations provided herein may further include an acceptable carrier or excipient including any carrier or excipient that is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and which is acceptable for administration to a patient.
[00200] In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein is isotonic. Representative isotonic formulations include, but are not limited to, those that are from about 250 to about 350 milliosmolar. In another embodiment, a formulation provided herein is hypertonic.
Representative hypertonic formulations include, but are not limited to, those that are from about 351 to about 1000 milliosmolar.
[00201] Polyols may be added to a formulation described herein in an amount of up to about 1 M. For example, the formulation may comprise polyol in an amount of about 50 mM, about 75 mM, about 100 mM, about 150 mM, about 200 mM, about 225 mM, about 240 mM, about 250 mM, about 300 mM, about 350 mM, about 400 mM, about 450 mM, about 500 mM, about 550 mM, about 600 mM, about 650 mM, about 700 mM, about 750 mM, about 800 mM, about 850 mM, about 900 mM, about 950 mM, about 1 M, or any integer therein. In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein contains polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of from about 100 mM to about 175 mM. For example, the formulation containing polyol in an amount of less than 300 mM is made isotonic with a salt in a concentration of about 130 mM. As used herein, when referring to polyol concentrations, the term "about" means ± 2% of the indicated value. In one aspect, a polyol to be used in the formulations provided herein may be a sugar such as, for example, a non-reducing sugar. Representative examples of non-reducing sugars include, but are not limited to, trehalose and sucrose. For example, a formulation may comprise from about 200 mM to about 300 mM trehalose or sucrose. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose. Alternatively, the sugar may be sorbitol in an amount (concentration) of from about 200 mM to about 300 mM. In one embodiment, a formulation may comprise about 240 mM sorbitol.
[00202] Further non-limiting examples of a formulation provided herein is any one of formulations 1-39 of Table 1.
Table 1
Figure imgf000042_0001
FormulapH phos His citrate acetate NaCl trehalose sorbitol Protein tion (niM) (niM) (niM) (niM) (niM) (niM) mg/niL No.
F14 6 10 0 0 0 80 120 0 25
F15 6 0 10 0 0 80 120 0 25
F16 7 20 0 0 0 130 0 0 25
F17 6 20 0 0 0 130 0 0 25
F18 6 0 20 0 0 130 0 0 25
F19 5 0 20 0 0 130 0 0 25
F20 6 0 0 20 0 130 0 0 25
F21 5 0 0 20 0 130 0 0 25
F22 4 0 0 0 20 130 0 0 25
F23 5 0 0 0 20 130 0 0 25
F24 5 0 20 0 0 0 240 0 25
F25 5 0 0 20 0 0 240 0 25
F26 5 0 0 0 20 0 240 0 25
F27 6 10 0 0 0 0 240 0 25
F28 6 0 10 0 0 0 240 0 50
F29 6 10 0 0 0 80 120 0 50
F30 6 0 10 0 0 80 120 0 50
F31 7 17 0 0 0 145 0 0 5
F32 7 17 0 0 0 145 0 0 7
F33 5.5 0 20 0 0 0 240 0 25
F34 5.5 0 20 0 0 0 0 240 25
F35 4 0 0 0 20 0 0 240 25
F36 5.5 0 20 0 0 0 240 0 50
F37 4 0 0 0 20 0 240 0 50
F38 5.5 0 20 0 0 0 240 0 100
F39 4 0 0 0 20 0 240 0 100
Phos: phosphate buffered saline; His: histidine
[00203] A formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5. In one embodiment, a formulation provided herein may have a pH of about 4.5, about 5.0, about 5.5, about 6.0, about 6.5, or about 7.0. As used herein, the term "about", when referring to pH, refers to a pH ± 0.05, 0.1, or 0.2. [00204] One would understand that formulations comprising an antibody or antigen-binding fragment, identified by the methods described herein can be prepared for storage by mixing the protein having the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients and/or stabilizers in the form of aqueous solutions (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)).
[00205] Acceptable carriers are physiologically acceptable to the administered patient and retain the therapeutic properties of the compounds with/in which it is administered. Acceptable carriers and their formulations are and generally described in, for example, Remington' pharmaceutical Sciences (18th Edition, ed. A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1990). One exemplary carrier is physiological saline. The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means an acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, and/or solvent involved in carrying or transporting the subject compounds from the administration site of one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier is acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to a subject to whom it is administered. Nor should an acceptable carrier alter the specific activity of the subject compounds.
[00206] In one aspect, provided herein are pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable compositions including solvents (aqueous or non-aqueous), solutions, emulsions, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption promoting or delaying agents, compatible with administration. Compositions or formulations, therefore, refer to a composition suitable for therapeutic and/or diagnostic use in a subject. Compositions and formulations include an amount of a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carrier.
[00207] Compositions can be formulated to be compatible with a particular route of
administration (i.e., systemic or local). Thus, compositions include carriers, diluents, or excipients suitable for administration by various routes.
[00208] Compositions can be administered, for example, by injection, including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravitreal, intradermal, intravenous, intra-arterial, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular injection. Isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, and sodium chloride may be included in the composition. The resulting solutions can be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized; the lyophilized preparation can later be combined with a sterile solution prior to administration. For intravenous, injection, or injection at the site of affliction, the active ingredient can be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability. Those of relevant skill in the art are well able to prepare suitable solutions using, for example, isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection. Preservatives, stabilizers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as needed. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating an active ingredient in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
[00209] In one embodiment, a formulation described herein does not include surfactants. In another embodiment, a formulation described herein optionally includes a surfactant such as, for example, polysorbate 20 or 80, TWEEN®, PLURONIC® F68, or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
[00210] When the compositions are considered for use in medicaments or any of the methods provided herein, it is contemplated that the composition can be substantially free of pyrogens such that the composition will not cause an inflammatory reaction or an unsafe allergic reaction when administered to a human patient. Testing compositions for pyrogens and preparing compositions substantially free of pyrogens are well understood to one or ordinary skill of the art and can be accomplished using commercially available packages.
[00211] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to molecular entities and
compositions that are physiologically tolerable and do not typically produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction, such as gastric upset, dizziness and the like, when administered to a subject.
[00212] The term "unit dose" when used in reference to a therapeutic composition refers to physically distinct units suitable as unitary dosage for subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required diluent; i.e., carrier, or vehicle.
[00213] The compositions can be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in a therapeutically effective amount. The quantity to be administered depends on the subject to be treated, capacity of the subject's immune system to utilize the active ingredient, and degree of binding capacity desired. Precise amounts of active ingredient required to be administered depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Suitable regimes for initial administration and booster shots are also variable, but are typified by an initial administration followed by repeated doses at one or more hour intervals by a subsequent injection or other administration. Alternatively, continuous intravenous infusions sufficient to maintain concentrations in the blood are contemplated.
[00214] One embodiment contemplates the use of the compositions described herein to make a medicament for treating a condition, disease or disorder described herein. Medicaments can be formulated based on the physical characteristics of the patient/subject needing treatment, and can be formulated in single or multiple formulations based on the stage of the condition, disease or disorder. Medicaments can be packaged in a suitable package with appropriate labels for the distribution to hospitals and clinics wherein the label is for the indication of treating a subject having a disease described herein. Medicaments can be packaged as a single or multiple units. Instructions for the dosage and administration of the compositions can be included with the packages as described below.
[00215] Also provided herein is a pre-filled syringe suitable for intravenous or intra vitreal administration, comprising a formulation described herein. Such pre-filled syringes may be packaged and labeled for use for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein. Packages may further include directions for storage and administration. Provided herein is a package containing one or more pre-filled syringes suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising the formulation of any of the preceding claims. Also provided herein is the preparation of a medicament containing a formulation described herein for treatment of an angiogenesis-related condition such as any of the conditions described herein.
METHODS OF TREATMENT
[00216] Provided herein is a method of treating a subject (human or non-human) by
administering to the subject a formulation of an antibody that preferentially binds to CD 105. Provided herein are methods of preventing or treating one or more diseases or disorders associated with angiogenesis/neovascularization, excessive vascularization, tumor growth, tumor cell proliferation or small vessel dilation comprising administering a composition containing an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, thereby preventing, treating, ameliorating, or lessening the disease or its severity.
[00217] An effective response of the present invention is achieved when the subject experiences stasis, or partial or total alleviation or reduction of signs or symptoms of illness, and specifically includes, without limitation, prolongation of survival. The expected progression-free survival times may be measured in months to years, depending on prognostic factors including the number of relapses, stage of disease, and other factors. Prolonging survival includes without limitation times of at least 1 month (mo), about at least 2 mos., about at least 3 mos., about at least 4 mos., about at least 6 mos., about at least 1 year (yr), about at least 2 years, about at least 3 years, about at least 4 years, about at least 5 years, etc., or any interval therein. Overall or progression-free survival can be also measured in months to years. Alternatively, an effective response may be that a subject's signs or symptoms or cancer burden remain static and do not worsen. Further indications of treatment of indications are described in more detail below.
[00218] Compositions of antibodies described herein can be used as non-therapeutic agents {e.g., as affinity purification agents). Generally, in one such embodiment, a protein of interest is immobilized on a solid phase such a Sephadex® resin or filter paper, using conventional methods known in the art. The immobilized protein is contacted with a sample containing the target of interest (or fragment thereof) to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the target protein, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent, such as glycine buffer, pH 5.0, which will release the target protein. In addition to purification, compositions can be used for detection, diagnosis and therapy of diseases and disorders associated with CD 105.
[00219] "Contacting" is defined herein as a means of bringing a formulation as provided herein in physical proximity with a cell, organ, tissue or fluid as described herein. Contacting encompasses systemic or local administration of any of the formulations provided herein and includes, without limitation, in vitro, in vivo and/or ex vivo procedures and methods.
"Combining" and "contacting" are used interchangeably herein and are meant to be defined in the same way. For in vivo applications, contacting can occur, for example, via administration of a composition to a patient by any suitable means; compositions with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers have been described in more detail above.
[00220] As used herein, "prevention" refers to prophylaxis, prevention of onset of signs or symptoms, prevention of progression of a disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis or correlated with CD 105 activity. In one non- limiting embodiment diagnosed with stage 1 cancer may be administered a formulation described herein, thereby preventing progression of the cancer to stage 2. In yet another embodiment, a patient that is asymptomatic, but tests positive for one or cancer biomarkers, may be administered a formulation described herein, thereby preventing progression of the cancer. As used herein, "inhibition," "treatment" and "treating" are used interchangeably and refer to, for example, stasis of signs or symptoms, prolongation of survival, partial or full amelioration of signs or symptoms, and partial or full eradication of a tumor or metastases.
[00221] A "subject" or "patient" {e.g., a mammal such as a human or a non-human animal such as a primate, rodent, cow, horse, pig, sheep, camel, llama, etc.) can be a mammal who exhibits one or more clinical manifestations and/or signs or symptoms of a disease or disorder described herein. In certain situations, a subject may be asymptomatic and yet still have clinical manifestations of the disease or disorder. An antibody can be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety or be a fusion protein containing a therapeutic moiety. An antibody can be conjugated to a detectable moiety or be a fusion protein containing a detectable moiety. In one embodiment, the antibody can be conjugated to both a therapeutic moiety and a detectable moiety. An antibody can be conjugated to, or recombinantly engineered with, an affinity tag {e.g., a purification tag). Affinity tags are conventional in the art. [00222] Antibodies or thereof provided herein are such that they can be conjugated or linked to a therapeutic moiety and/or an imaging or a detectable moiety and/or an affinity tag. Methods for conjugating or linking polypeptides are well known in the art. Associations (binding) between compounds and labels include any means known in the art including, but not limited to, covalent and non-covalent interactions, chemical conjugation as well as recombinant techniques.
[00223] "Angiogenesis" is used herein to include all aspects of blood vessel maintenance and development. Thus, angiogenesis includes the formation of new capillary blood vessels (whether de novo or from preexisting vessels) leading to neovascularization as well as the maintenance and control of the existing vasculature and small blood vessels. Angiogenesis is a complex process which includes a series of sequential steps including endothelial cell-mediated degradation of vascular basement membrane and interstitial matrices, migration of endothelial cells, proliferation of endothelial cells, and formation of capillary loops by endothelial cells. Angiogenesis is inclusive of the growth and/or development of new blood vessels (also referred to as neovascularization), dilation of the small vessels, excessive or prolonged vascular growth, and maintenance of the existing vasculature.
[00224] The term "angiogenesis-associated disease" is used herein to mean certain pathological processes in humans where angiogenesis is abnormally prolonged. This further includes angiogenesis conditions and diseases, such as those diseases and conditions related to, caused by, or associated with angiogenesis. Non-limiting examples of such diseases include various forms of cancers and metastases, macular degeneration and CNV. The antibodies described herein can be used to treat an angiogenesis-associated disease by binding CD 105 and inhibiting angiogenesis.
[00225] The term "anti-angiogenic therapy" is used herein to mean therapy targeted to cells and/or vasculature expressing CD 105 (expressed at higher levels on proliferating vasculature as compared to quiescent vasculature); this further includes therapy that is directed against angiogenesis (i.e., the formation of new capillary blood vessels leading to neovascularization), therapy that is directed against existing vasculature and/or excessive vascularization or blood vessel growth, therapy directed towards the dilation of small vessels, and therapy directed to a disease or condition (e.g., vascular targeting therapy). Exemplary diseases or conditions contemplated within the invention include, but are not limited to, various forms of cancer and metastases.
[00226] Provided herein is a method of treating an angiogenesis-related disease in a patient (subject) in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein. Such formulations may be administered to the patient intravitreally or intravenously. [00227] An angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, a cancer or a metastasis. In one embodiment, the cancer is a solid tumor. Cancers to be treated include, for example, an epithelial based tumor. Non-limiting examples of cancers to be treated with such formulations include, but are not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a uterine cancer, a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), a sarcoma, a myeloma, and a lymphoma. Formulations for treatment of a cancer or a metastasis may be administered to the patient intravenously.
[00228] Alternatively, an angiogenesis-related disease described herein may be, for example, is an ophthalmologic condition. Ophthalmologic conditions include, but are not limited to, age- related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema and/or choroidal
neovascularization. Age related macular degeneration (AMD) may be wet AMD or dry AMD. Formulations for treatment of an ophthalmologic condition may be administered to the patient intravitreally.
[00229] In such methods, the formulation may be administered to a patient one or more times. For example, the formulation may be administered once per day, once per week, once per month, once bi-monthly, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every 5 months, or once every 6 months. Treatment schedules may be increased or decreased as needed depending upon the response of the patient to the treatment.
[00230] In one aspect, a formulation is administered until one or more signs or symptoms of the angiogenesis-related disease are reduced.
[00231] With respect to ophthalmologic conditions, the one or more signs or symptoms may include, but not be limited to, shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing of signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
[00232] With respect to cancers or metastases, treatment may result in improvement of the patient's condition and treatment can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
[00233] Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient. [00234] In one embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%), about 90%>, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[00235] In another embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[00236] Provided herein is a method of treating an ophthalmologic condition in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said ophthalmologic condition are ameliorated by the treatment. Administration of the formulation may be intravitreal administration.
[00237] Also provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or metastasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation described herein, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said cancer or metastasis are ameliorated.
Administration of the formulation may be intravenous administration.
[00238] The terms "recurrence," "relapse" or "relapsed" refer to the return of a cancer or disease after clinical assessment of the disappearance of disease. A diagnosis of distant metastasis or local recurrence can be considered a relapse.
[00239] The term "maintenance therapy" refers to scheduled retreatment that is given to help maintain a previous treatment's effects. Maintenance therapy is often given to help keep cancer in remission or prolong a response to a specific therapy regardless of disease progression.
[00240] The term "progression-free survival" in oncology refers to the length of time during and after treatment that a cancer does not progress. Progression-free survival includes the amount of time patients have experienced a complete response or a partial response, as well as the amount of time patients have experienced stable disease.
[00241] In one aspect, provided herein is a method of preventing or treating a cancer or a metastasis in a subject by administering any of the compositions provided herein to a patient suffering from cancer or metastasis. Such a patient can be symptomatic or asymptomatic.
[00242] In some cases, administration of the composition prolongs life of the patient being treated, reduces tumor volume, eliminates a tumor, decreases cell proliferation, increases apoptosis of tumor cells, or a combination thereof. [00243] If needed, the methods can further include surgical removal of the cancer and/or administration of an additional anti-cancer agent or treatment. Anti-cancer agents have been provided elsewhere herein.
[00244] In one aspect, signs or symptoms of the patient suffering from cancer are ameliorated. Amelioration can be manifested as, for example, reduction in pain, reduced tumor size, elimination of tumors, prevention of increases in tumor size or progression or of disease, prevention of formation of metastasis, or inhibition of metastatic growth, or a combination thereof.
[00245] In one aspect, administration of a formulation described herein reduces or eliminates the need for the patient to undergo surgery or treatment with one or more additional anti-cancer agents or treatments.
[00246] Compositions containing an anti-CD 105 antibody can be administered sequentially or simultaneously with a composition containing an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof). Such administrations include, but are not limited to, administration within about 12 weeks of each other, within about 8 weeks of each other, within about 4 weeks of each other, within about 3 weeks of each other, within about 2 weeks of each other, within about a week of each other, within a day of each other, within about 12 hours of each other, within about 6 hours of each other, within about 3 hours of each other, within about 1 hour of each other, within about 30 minutes of each other, on the same day, at the same time, or a combination thereof. When multiple doses of the composition of the present invention and/or the combined therapeutic moiety are contemplated, it is understood that doses of each can be empirically determined using known doses and concentrations based on the age, height, weight, health and other physical characteristics of a subject using standards of commercially available products.
[00247] Formulations can be administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount that are effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect by inhibiting a disease or disorder at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment. For the administration of the present formulations to human patients, the formulations can be formulated by methodology known by one in the art. A therapeutically effective amount is an amount achieves at least partially a desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in an organ or tissue. The amount of an anti- CD 105 antibody or an anti-VEGF antibody necessary to bring about prevention and/or therapeutic treatment of a disease or disorder is not fixed per se. The amount of antibody administered may vary with the type of disease, extensiveness of the disease, and size of the mammal suffering from the disease or disorder. In one embodiment, two antibodies described herein are administered to a patient in combination as described above. Administration in combination can refer to administration in a single formulation or in separate formulations. [00248] "Administering" is referred to herein as providing one or more formulations to a patient in a manner that results in the formulation being inside the patient's body. Such an administration can be by any route including, without limitation, locally, regionally or systemically by subcutaneous, intravitreal, intradermal, intravenous, intra-arterial,
intraperitoneal, or intramuscular administration (e.g., injection).
[00249] Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the formulations can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, formulation, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient. The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound employed, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular formulation employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[00250] Additionally, the dose(s) of an antibody can be administered twice a week, weekly, every 2 weeks, every 3 weeks, every 4 weeks, every 6 weeks, every 8 weeks, every 12 weeks, every 24 weeks or any combination of weeks therein. Dosing cycles are also contemplated such as, for example, administering antibodies once or twice a week for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 weeks, followed by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 weeks without therapy. Alternatively, depending upon the response of a subject to therapy, cycling time between treatments can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 months. Additional dosing cycles including, for example, different combinations of the doses and weekly cycles described herein are also contemplated within the invention.
[00251] A physician or veterinarian can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount (ED50) of the formulation required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds employed in the formulation at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. Alternatively, a dose can remain constant.
[00252] Formulations can be administered to a patient by any convenient route such as described above. Regardless of the route of administration selected, the compounds of the present invention, which can be used in a suitable hydrated form, and/or the formulations, are formulated into acceptable dosage forms such as described below or by other conventional methods known to those in the art.
[00253] Data obtained from cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound, a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration arrange that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition) as determined in cell culture. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Formulations containing combinations of compounds can also be assessed using any of these methods.
[00254] In one embodiment, the invention contemplates inhibition of angiogenesis in a tissue. The extent of angiogenesis in a tissue and, therefore, the extent of inhibition achieved can be evaluated by a variety of methods, such as are described herein.
[00255] The unique specificity of the antibodies which recognize (e.g., preferentially bind) CD 105 or VEGF and inhibits angiogenesis, provides diagnostic and therapeutic uses for diseases characterized by angiogenesis (neovascularization), small vessel dilation, excessive
vascularization, tumor cell proliferation, and/or tumor growth. Antibodies can be administered to a subject suffering from various forms of cancer (primary tumors and metastases).
[00256] One would understand that, in addition to administration of the formulations described herein, it is contemplated herein that a subject can also be treated with one or more additional angiogenesis inhibitors.
[00257] The term "angiogenesis inhibitor" is used herein, for purposes of the specification and claims, to mean a compound or molecule including, but not limited to, peptides, proteins, enzymes, polysaccharides, oligonucleotides, DNA, R A, recombinant vectors, and drugs which function to inhibit angiogenesis. Angiogenesis inhibitors are known in the art and all types are contemplated herein. Non-limiting examples of compounds and molecules include natural and synthetic biomolecules such as paclitaxel, O-(chloroacetyl-carbomyl) fumagillol ("TNP-470" or "AGM 1470"), thrombospondin-1, thrombospondin-2, angiostatin, human chondrocyte-derived inhibitor of angiogenesis ("hCHIAMP"), cartilage-derived angiogenic inhibitor, platelet factor- 4, gro-beta, human interferon-inducible protein 10 ("IP 10"), interleukin 12, Ro 318220, tricyclodecan-9-yl xanthate ("D609"), irsogladine, 8,9-dihydroxy-7-methyl-benzo[b]
quinolizinium bromide ("GPA 1734"), medroxyprogesterone, a combination of heparin and cortisone, glucosidase inhibitors, genistein, thalidomide, diamino-antraquinone, herbimycin, ursolic acid, and oleanolic acid. Non-limiting examples of antibodies include those directed towards molecules such as VEGF, VEGF receptor, or different epitopes of CD 105. Additionally, small molecular inhibitors of VEGF receptor are known and contemplated herein. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include ranibizumab, aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, pegaptanib and pazopanib. [00258] Multiple combinations of these VEGF receptor inhibitors can be administered with the formulations described herein. In one embodiment, combinations may result in the use of lower doses for the described antibodies or antigen binding. Such alterations in dosing may result from synergistic effects of the combinations of the antibodies.
Cancer
[00259] CD 105 is associated with tumor angiogenesis and is strongly up-regulated in the endothelium of various tumor tissues compared with that in normal tissues. CD 105 is up- regulated in a wide range of tumor endothelia. Additionally, there is stronger expression of CD 105 in tumor endothelium than corresponding normal tissues. Thus, the inhibition of angiogenesis with anti-CD 105 antibodies represents a treatment option for cancerous tumors. The formulations described herein can be used to treat cancerous tumors and metastases. The formulations can also be used in the formulations of medicaments for the treatment cancerous tumors and metastases.
[00260] VEGF represents one target for antitumor therapies because its expression is
upregulated in a range of solid tumors. VEGF is a major regulator of angiogenesis, the growth of new vessels from pre-existing vessels. This process is fundamental to the growth of solid tumors, which rely on the formation of new blood vessels. Certain small molecule therapeutic agents are able to target vascular endothelial growth factor receptor ("VEGFR"); such targeting by small molecule therapeutics can result in anti-cancer effects. VEGF receptor-targeted agents indirectly block tumor growth, through the inhibition of new vessel formation. Inhibiting VEGF-induced angiogenesis can exert an anti-tumor or improved anti-tumor effect without significantly inhibiting VEGF stimulation of macrophages, osteoclasts or chondroclasts.
[00261] The term "tumor" is used herein to refer to a cancerous tissue expressing CD 105 and/or VEGF (as compared to expression by normal tissue of the same type). Tumors can include solid tumors and semi-solid tumors. Non-limiting examples of tumors include human leukemias, including non-T-cell-type (non-T) acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), myelo-monocytic leukemia; and human solid and semi-solid tumors, with its surrounding vasculature expressing CD 105 at moderate to high levels (as compared to expression by normal tissue of the same type) including angiosarcoma, breast carcinoma, stomach cancer, colon carcinoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, lymphoma, glioblastoma multiforme (GBM), lung carcinoma, melanoma, myeloma, lymphoma, osteosarcoma, ovarian carcinoma, parotid tumor, pharyngeal carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, renal carcinoma, and rectosigmoid carcinoma.
[00262] A cancerous tissue to be treated is, for example, an endothelial tissue expressing an abnormal level of CD 105 and/or VEGF. [00263] In the absence of neovascularization of tumor tissue, the tumor tissue does not obtain the required nutrients, slows in growth, ceases additional growth, regresses and ultimately becomes necrotic resulting in killing of the tumor. Provided herein are methods of inhibiting tumor neovascularization by inhibiting tumor angiogenesis. Similarly, provided herein are methods of inhibiting tumor growth.
[00264] The methods are also particularly effective against the formation of metastases because their formation requires vascularization of a primary tumor so that the metastatic cancer cells can exit the primary tumor and their establishment in a secondary site requires
neovascularization to support growth of the metastases.
[00265] It will be appreciated that a "subject suffering from a cancer/metastasis" of the invention may express a mutant protein (tumor associated antigen) or a mutant gene and not yet be symptomatic for the disease. In one non-limiting example of colon cancer (which is associated with the mutant K-ras protein), a subject with a mutant K-ras protein in some cells of the colon is a subject to be treated even though that subject may not yet be symptomatic for colon cancer. "Signs or symptoms of illness" represent clinically recognized manifestations or indications of disease.
[00266] By "treating" a subject suffering from tumor or metastasis, it is meant that the subject's signs or symptoms are partially alleviated, totally alleviated, or remain static following treatment. A patient that has been treated can exhibit a partial or total alleviation of tumor load. This is intended to encompass prophylaxis, therapy and cure. In one non-limiting example, a subject suffering from a highly metastatic cancer (e.g., breast cancer) is treated where additional metastasis either do not occur, or are reduced in number as compared to a subject who does not receive treatment. In another non-limiting example, a subject is treated where the subject's solid cancer either becomes reduced in size or does not increase in size as compared to a subject who does not receive treatment. In yet another non-limiting example, the number of cancer cells in a treated subject either does not increase or is reduced as compared to the number of cancer cells in a subject who does not receive treatment. Improvement can also be defined, for example, as decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, and/or increased survival of the subject being treated.
[00267] Treatment may result in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
[00268] In one embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100% following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[00269] In another embodiment, one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25- fold, about 30-fold, about 35 -fold, about 40-fold, about 45 -fold, about 50-fold, about 55 -fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, or more, following administration of one or more doses of the formulation to the patient.
[00270] A tumor or cancer to be treated in the methods described herein includes, but is not limited to, a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a brain cancer (e.g., glioblastoma multiforme, "GBM" or a glioma) a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), an penile cancer, a stomach cancer, a thyroid cancer, a bladder cancer, a sarcoma, a carcinoma, a myeloma, and lymphoma. In one embodiment, a tumor to be treated is a solid or semi-solid tumor. In another embodiment, a tumor to be treated is a primary tumor. In another embodiment, a tumor to be treated is a metastatic tumor. In one embodiment, a tumor or cancer to be treated is of epithelial origin. In another embodiment, the cancer to be treated is myeloma. In another embodiment, the cancer to be treated is ovarian cancer. In another embodiment, the cancer to be treated is kidney/renal cancer. In yet another embodiment, the cancer to be treated is
hepatocellular/liver cancer.
[00271] Compounds can be, as needed, administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic treatments including, but not limited to, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, paclitaxel, pemetrexed, temozolomide, oxaliplatin, cetuximab, panitumumab, sorafenib, sunitinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, 5-fluorouracil, irinotecan, topotecan, leucovorin, bortezumib, lenalidomide, thalidomide, capecitabine, docetaxel and many other conventional cancer therapies described herein. As used herein, "radiation" refers to, for example, microwaves, ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR), or alpha-, beta- or gamma-radiation. Radiation can be "focused" or locally delivered using conventional techniques to target radiation to the site of one or more tumors without radiating the entire body. One would understand that the listing of therapeutic regimens listed below represents conventional therapies, but the present invention encompasses other known therapeutic regimens which are not specifically disclosed herein.
[00272] In one embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, chemotherapy (e.g., doxorubicin, doxorubicin HC1 liposome, gemcitabine, and platinum-based chemotherapeutics such as cisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin), melphalan, topoisomerase I inhibitors such as topotecan and irinotecan, taxane- based therapy, hormones, radiation therapy, whole body hypothermia, isoflavone derivatives, cytotoxic macrolides such as epothilones, angiogenesis inhibitors such as bevacizumab, signal transduction inhibitors such as trastuzumab, gene therapy, RNAi therapy, immunotherapy, monoclonal antibodies, phosphatidylinositol-like kinase inhibitors such as rapamycin, or any combination thereof. The combination therapy of the antibodies described herein with the ovarian cancer therapies may also provide for lower doses of either therapy, or both, due to a synergistic effect from the co -administration of the therapies.
[00273] In one embodiment, the cancer is renal/kidney cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, chemotherapy, pazopanib, interferon-alpha or IL-2. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include those described above, aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The combination therapy of the antibodies described herein with the kidney cancer therapies may also provide for lower doses of either therapy, or both, due to a synergistic effect from the co -administration of the therapies.
[00274] In one embodiment, the cancer is myeloma and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy, bortezomib, lenalidomide, or thalidomide. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
[00275] In one embodiment, the cancer is prostate cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy (e.g., external beam or brachytherapy), hormonal deprivation (androgen suppression including with abiraterone), heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) inhibitors, chemotherapy (e.g., docetaxel, estramustine, platinum-based chemotherapy such as cisplatin, carboplatin, satraplatin and oxaliplatin), prednisone or prednisolone, cholesterol- lowering drugs such as statins, leutinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists, RNAi therapy, dendritic cell-based therapies, whole tumor cells genetically modified to secrete granulocyte macrophage - colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as GVAX), or any combination thereof. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib.
[00276] In one embodiment, the cancer is lung cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiotherapy (e.g., thoracic radiotherapy, radiation therapy with charged particles, Uracil-tegafur and Platinum-based chemotherapy (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, etc.) and vinorebline, erlotinib, gefitinib , anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies (e.g., cetuximab), small molecule inhibitors of tyrosine kinases, direct inhibitors of proteins involved in lung cancer cell proliferation, Aurora kinase inhibitors, laser- induced thermotherapy, RNAi therapy, whole tumor cells genetically modified to secrete granulocyte macrophage - colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) (also known as GVAX), or any combination thereof. Additional therapeutic treatments include paclitaxel or pemetrexed. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with
combination therapy accordingly.
[00277] In one embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, monoclonal antibodies (e.g., Her-2 antibodies, herceptin), adjuvant chemotherapy such as single agent chemotherapy or combination chemotherapy (e.g., anthracycline- and taxane -based polychemotherapies), or target-specific trastuzumab with or without endocrine manipulation with or without PMRT, vinorelbine), adriamycin,
cyclophosphamide, capecitabine, docetaxel, selective estrogen receptor modulators such as tamoxifen and raloxifene, allosteric estrogen receptor modulators such as trilostane, radiation (e.g., interstitial brachytherapy, Mammosite device, 3-dimensional conformal external radiation and intraoperative radiotherapy), Aromatase inhibitors that suppress total body synthesis (e.g., anastrozole, exemestane and letrozole), RNAi therapy, intravenous analogs of rapamycin that are immunosuppressive and anti -proliferative such as temsirolimus, or any combination thereof. A review of methods for conducting three-dimensional in vitro tissue culture models of breast cancer are described by Kim et al., Breast Cancer Research Treatment 85(3): 281-91 (2004). Other in vivo and in vitro models for testing cancers are known and can be used to test antibodies described herein. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
[00278] In one embodiment, the cancer is colon cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy (e.g., 5-fluorouracil, levamisole, leucovorin or semustine (methyl CCNU)), N-[2-(dimethylamino)ethyl]acridine-4- carboxamide and other related carboxamide anticancer drugs; non-topoisomerase II inhibitors, irinotecan, liposomal topotecan, taxane class of anticancer agents (e.g., paclitaxel or docetaxel), a compound of the xanthenone acetic acid class (e.g., 5,6-dimethylanthenone-4-acetic acid PMAA), laminarin, site-selective cyclic AMP Analogs (e.g., 8-chloroadenosine 3',5'-cyclic phosphate), pyranoindole inhibitors of Cox-2, carbazole inhibitors of Cox-2, tetrahydrocarbazole inhibitors of Cox-2, indene inhibitors of Cox-2, localized inhibitors of NSAIDS (e.g., anthranilic acids, aspirin (5-acetylsalicylic acid), azodisal sodium, carboheterocyclic acids, carprofen, chlorambucil, diclophenac, fenbufen, fenclofenac, fenoprofen, flufenamic acid, flurbiprofen, fluprofen, furosemide, gold sodium thiomalate, ibuprofen, indomethacin, indoprofen, ketoprofen, lonazolac, loxoprofen, meclofenamic acid, mefanamic acid, melphalan, naproxen, penicillamine, phenylacetic acids, proprionic acids, salicylic acids, salazosulfapyridine, sulindac, tolmetin, a pyrazolone butazone propazone, NSAID, meloxicam, oxicams, piroxicam, feldene, piroxicam beta cyclodextran, tenoxicam. etodolac, and oxaprozin), an inhibitor of HER-2/neu, RNAi therapy, GM-CSF, monoclonal antibodies (e.g., anti-Her-2/neu antibodies, anti-CEA antibodies, A33 (HB 8779), 100-210 (HB 11764) and 100-310 (HB 11028)), cetuximab, panitumumab, hormonal therapy, pyrimidineamines, camptothecin derivatives (e.g., CPT-11), folinic acid (FA), gemcitabine, Ara-C, platinum-based chemotherapeutics such as cisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin, a cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitor, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment the additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of 5- fluorouracil, leucovorin and oxaliplatin (FOLFOX). In one embodiment, the additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of 5-fluorouracil, irinotecan and leucovorin (IFL). In one embodiment, the additional agent is cetuximab. In one embodiment, the additional agent is panitumumab. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non- limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include aflibercept, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib. The dosages for any of these therapies are known in the art and can be adjusted with combination therapy accordingly.
[00279] In one embodiment, the cancer is pancreatic cancer and the one or more additional therapeutic treatment is a combination of therapeutic treatments is surgery, radiation therapy, 5- fluorouracil and radiation therapy, systemic therapy, stenting, gemcitabine, gemcitabine and radiation therapy, cetuximab, erlotinib, chemoradiation, or any combination thereof. In yet another embodiment, the additional agent is a VEGF receptor inhibitor. Non-limiting examples of VEGF receptor inhibitors include afliberceipt, sunitinib, sorafenib, axitinib, and pazopanib.
[00280] Patients can be assessed with respect to signs or symptoms at one or more multiple time points including prior to, during, and after treatment regimens. Treatment can result in improving the subject's condition and can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased tumor size, decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, decreased neovascularization, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder. One or more of these occurrences may, in some cases, result in partial or total elimination of the cancer and/or prolongation of survival of the patient. Alternatively, for terminal stage cancers, treatment may result in stasis of disease, better quality of life and/or prolongation of survival. [00281] When compositions are administered sequentially, a composition comprising an anti- CD 105 antibody described herein can be, for example, administered prior to and/or after an anti- VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof).
[00282] When compositions are administered simultaneously, a composition containing an anti- CD 105 antibody can be administered at the same site, or at a different site than a composition containing an anti-VEGF antibody.
[00283] In yet another embodiment, provided herein are compositions (medicaments) containing an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof), capable of inhibiting one or more of the biological activities of CD 105 and VEGF, respectively, such as mitogenic activity, cell proliferation, tumor growth, neovascularization, or angiogenic activity.
[00284] One would understand that treatment regimens may include one or more
administrations of each of the compositions described herein. A composition can be
administered in a single dose or multiple doses. Administration of separate compositions may be by the same route or by different routes.
[00285] In one embodiment, a composition is administered every 1 to 3 weeks for 6 to 12 cycles or until tumor progression. The method can further include the step of administering a composition each of 1 to 12 weeks for up to 2 years. In another non- limiting example, the concurrent administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen- binding fragment thereof) occurs at week 1, followed by additional administration of the compositions at week 1, 2, 3 or 4, wherein the concurrent administration is repeated for 6 to 12 cycles or until tumor progression and followed by administration of the compositions each 1 to 12 weeks for up to 2 years.
[00286] In one non-limiting example of a method for treating cancer in a patient, the method includes surgical removal of the cancer and administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) at 1 to 3 weeks for 12 months or until tumor progression followed by concurrent administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) in a dose at 1 to 12 weeks.
Additionally, the concurrent administration of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) can be repeated every 1 to 3 weeks for up to 6 cycles. Optionally, the method further includes administering an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) each of one to twelve weeks for up to two years. It will be understood that treatment regimens can be combined with monitoring methods provided herein to determine if and when additional doses of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF antibody (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) need be administered. [00287] Combination therapy may provide a synergistic and/or beneficial effect or may allow lower doses of a combination to provide a greater margin of safety. The invention encompasses treatment protocols that enhance the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of an anti-CD 105 antibody and an anti-VEGF (or antigen-binding fragment thereof) for preventing, managing, treating or ablation of cancer or other diseases.
[00288] In one embodiment, an additional therapeutic treatment such as, for example, an angiogenesis inhibitor (as described herein) is administered to a subject. The composition containing such an additional therapeutic treatment can be administered in combination (either sequentially or simultaneously) with the other compositions described herein.
[00289] In one non-limiting method for treating cancer provided herein, an additional therapeutic treatment includes surgical removal of the cancer, irradiation, one or more chemotherapeutic agents, or a combination thereof, and concurrent administration of one or more compositions described herein. In one aspect, administration of a composition can be, for example, a 20 minute intravenous infusion.
Ocular Conditions Involving Angiogenesis
[00290] In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for treating diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, choroidal neovascularization, macular edema or neovascular glaucoma in a patient by administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount one or more of the formulations provided herein.
[00291] Macular degeneration (AMD) is the loss of photoreceptors in the portion of the central retina, termed the macula, responsible for high-acuity vision. Degeneration of the macula is associated with abnormal deposition of extracellular matrix components and other debris in the membrane between the retinal pigment epithelium and the vascular choroid. This debris-like material is termed drusen. Drusen is observed with a funduscopic eye examination. Normal eyes may have maculas free of drusen, yet drusen may be abundant in the retinal periphery. The presence of soft drusen in the macula, in the absence of any loss of macular vision, is considered an early stage of AMD. Macular degeneration is characterized by choroidal neovascularization (CNV), the development of abnormal blood vessels beneath the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) layer of the retina. These vessels break through the Bruch's membrane, disrupting the retinal pigmented epithelium, bleed, and eventually cause macular scarring which results in profound loss of central vision (disciform scarring).
[00292] Choroidal neovascularization (CNV) commonly occurs in macular degeneration in addition to other ocular disorders and is associated with proliferation of choroidal endothelial cells, overproduction of extracellular matrix, and formation of a fibrovascular subretinal membrane. Retinal pigment epithelium cell proliferation and production of angiogenic factors appears to effect choroidal neovascularization.
[00293] Diabetic retinopathy (DR) is an ocular disorder characterized by excessive
angiogenesis that develops in diabetes due to thickening of capillary basement membranes, and lack of contact between pericytes and endothelial cells of the capillaries. Loss of pericytes increases leakage of the capillaries and leads to breakdown of the blood-retina barrier. Diabetic retinopathy is the result of microvascular retinal changes. Hyperglycemia-induced pericyte death and thickening of the basement membrane lead to incompetence of the vascular walls. These damages change the formation of the blood-retinal barrier and also make the retinal blood vessels become more permeable. Small blood vessels - such as those in the eye - are especially vulnerable to poor blood sugar (blood glucose) control. An over-accumulation of glucose and/or fructose damages the tiny blood vessels in the retina. Macular edema can also develop when the damaged blood vessels leak fluid and lipids onto the macula. These fluids make the macula swell, which blurs vision. This damage also results in a lack of oxygen at the retina.
[00294] As the disease progresses, the lack of oxygen in the retina stimulates angiogenesis along the retina and in the clear, gel-like vitreous humour that fills the inside of the eye. Without timely treatment, these new blood vessels can bleed, cloud vision, and destroy the retina.
Fibrovascular proliferation can also cause tractional retinal detachment. The new blood vessels can also grow into the angle of the anterior chamber of the eye and cause neovascular glaucoma.
[00295] Proliferative vitreoretinopathy is associated with cellular proliferation of cellular and fibrotic membranes within the vitreous membranes and on the surfaces of the retina. Retinal pigment epithelium cell proliferation and migration is common with this ocular disorder. The membranes associated with proliferative vitreoretinopathy contain extracellular matrix components such as collagen types I, II, and IV and fibronectin, and become progressively fibrotic.
[00296] Age-related macular degeneration (AMD) and diabetic retinopathy are the two leading causes of blindness in the developed world. Aflibercept, ranibizumab, and pegaptanib have improved the treatment options available for AMD patients. Ranibizumab is a Fab, and alfibercept is a fusion protein. They both bind vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and have demonstrated the most impressive results to date treating AMD; however, only a minority of treated patients experience a significant improvement in visual acuity. Anti-angiogenic therapy focused on a target other than VEGF may overcome some of the limitations associated with agents that target the VEGF pathway.
[00297] The anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can be used to treat or prevent macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy. Described herein are methods of treating or preventing macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema or proliferative vitreoretinopathy via the administration of the antibodies described herein. The anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also shrink blood vessels, inhibit endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clear signs or symptoms of bleeding, treat cloudy vision, provide stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or prevent leakage of blood vessels. The anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also be used in medicaments for the treatment of macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy.
[00298] Additionally, anti-CD 105 antibodies described herein can also be used in combination with known therapies and/or compounds for the treatment of macular degeneration, CNV, diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, or proliferative vitreoretinopathy. Examples of such compounds include, but are not limited to, ranibizumab, aflibercept, and pegaptanib. In addition to the modes of administration described herein, the anti-CD 105 antibodies can be administered via intravitreal routes. Non- limiting examples of intravitreal modes of administration include intravitreal injection and the use of intravitreal implants.
[00299] Patients can be assessed for improvement and responsiveness to treatment. Treatment includes, but is not limited to, decreasing the macular edema, decreased areas of CNV, and increased visual acuity. Measurements of signs or symptoms are as known in the art and are further described in the examples below.
[00300] In accordance with the embodiments described herein, the formulations described herein can be administered alone or in combination with one or more additional active or inactive agents. When combinations are used, simultaneous or sequential administration of the anti-CD 105 antibodies and the anti-VEGF antibodies (antigen-binding fragments thereof) can be used.
Functional Assays
[00301] Formulations described herein can be assessed in a variety of in vitro, in vivo and ex vivo assays. Any suitable assay known to one of skill in the art can be used to monitor such effects. Several such techniques are described herein.
Assaying for CD 105 Signaling and Function
[00302] CD 105 (endoglin) is a member of the TGF-β receptor family that is expressed by proliferating endothelial cells, and normal levels of CD 105 are needed for endothelial cell proliferation. CD 105 is strongly expressed in the angiogenic vasculature of solid tumors, is involved in angiogenesis/vascular development and is an ancillary transforming growth factor β (TGF-β) receptor. CD 105 is a homodimeric cell membrane glycoprotein that is expressed on leukemia cells and endothelial cells. Two isoforms of CD 105, L-endoglin (170 kDa) and S- endoglin (160 kDa), differing in the amino acid sequence of their cytoplasmic tails, have been characterized.
[00303] CD 105 expression is increased by cellular hypoxia through the production of hypoxia- inducible factor- 1 -a (HIF-l-a) and protects hypoxic cells from apoptosis. CD 105 acts to modulate signaling of multiple kinase receptor complexes of the TGF-β superfamily, including TGF-β receptors (TGF-βΡν), activin receptor-like kinases (ALK) and activin receptors. In the absence of CD 105, activation of TGF-β receptors results in phosphorylation of SMAD proteins that inhibit endothelial cell growth. However, activation of CD 105 by TGF-β modulates SMAD protein phosphorylation. The end result is release of the growth inhibitory effects of TGF-β receptor activation on endothelial cells.
[00304] Prevention of CD 105 activation by an anti-CD 105 antibody acts synergistically with TGF-β to suppress endothelial cell growth. TGF-β can stimulate two distinct type I
receptor/SMAD signaling pathways with opposite effects in endothelial cells. The TGF^/ALK5 signaling pathway (A) leads to inhibition of cell proliferation and migration, whereas the TGF- β/ALKl pathway (B) induces endothelial cell proliferation and migration. CD 105, an accessory TGF-β receptor, highly expressed during angiogenesis, is essential for ALK1 signaling. In the absence of CD 105, TGF^/ALK5 signaling is predominant and maintains quiescent
endothelium. High CD 105 expression stimulates the ALK1 pathway and indirectly inhibits ALK5 signaling, thus promoting the activation state of angiogenesis.
[00305] In one non-limiting embodiment, the antibodies can be assessed with respect to inhibiting angiogenesis and endothelial cell proliferation. Binding of anti-CD 105 antibodies to HUVECs does not prevent subsequent binding of TGF-β to HUVECs. Thus, direct suppression of the endothelial cell growth by anti-CD 105 antibodies represents one of the underlying mechanisms by which anti-angiogenic and tumor-suppressive effects are observed in vivo. In another embodiment, the antibodies can be assessed with respect to blocking angiogenesis by preventing Smadl/5/8 phosphorylation and/or signaling. CD 105 participates in the promotion of angiogenesis through signaling of the TGF-β/ΑΙ,ΚΙ, which in turn involves the decrease and/or blockage of the phosphorylation of Smad2/3 proteins. In yet another embodiment, the antibodies can be assessed with respect to blocking angiogenesis by enhancing Smad2/3 phosphorylation and/or signaling.
[00306] Methods and techniques to assay the blocking or inhibitory effect of the antibodies provided herein on the TGF^/ALKl signaling pathway and/or the phosphorylation of Smadl/5 include, but are not limited to, known molecular techniques. By way of example, western blotting with antibodies specific to any of the proteins in the TGF^/ALK5 or TGF^/ALKl pathways can be used to determine the inhibitory and/or stimulatory effect of the anti-CD 105 antibodies disclosed herein on the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF-p/ALKl pathways. Similarly, detection of mRNA or regulation of the mRNA for the proteins involved in the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF- β/ALKl pathways can be used to assay the inhibitory and/or stimulatory effect of the antibodies disclosed herein. Additional methods for the assaying cell signaling for the TGF-P/ALK5 or TGF-p/ALKl pathways are known in the art and are contemplated herein.
[00307] Activity of the anti-CD 105 antibodies disclosed herein can be assessed using art recognized assays by, for example, binding assays such ELISAs, competitive ELISAs, surface plasmon resonance, and effect on HUVEC cells as described in more detail below.
SCID / Nude Mice
[00308] One method for assaying tumor growth makes use of SCID mouse, as follows: sub- confluent human M21 melanoma cells are harvested, washed, and resuspended in sterile PBS (20 x 106 per mL). SCID mice are injected subcutaneous ly with 100 of M21 human melanoma cell (2 x 106) suspension. Three days after tumor cell injection, mice are either untreated or treated intravenously or intraperitoneally (for example, 100 μg/mouse) with one or more control or test formulations. The mice are treated daily for 24 days. Tumor size is measured with calipers and the volume estimated using the formula V = (L x W )/2, where V is equal to the volume, L is equal to the length, and W is equal to the width.
[00309] One method for assaying tumor growth makes use of nude mouse, as follows: MDA- MB-435 tumor cells (0.4x 106 cells/mouse) in 50 μΐ PBS are orthotopically implanted in the mammary fat pad of female nude mice (five to six weeks old). When tumors reached a mean volume of approximately 50-80 mm , mice are randomized (at least 10/group) and intravenous or intraperitoneal treatment with one or more antibodies at 1 μg (0.05 mg/kg) per dose, 10 μg (0.5 mg/kg), 100 μg (5 mg/kg) or 200 μg (10 mg/kg), or 100 μg control antibody in 100 μΐ PBS, or vehicle PBS 100 μΐ twice per week is initiated; in some studies, an untreated group can also be evaluated. Tumor size is measured with calipers and the volume estimated using the formula V = (L x W )/2, where V is equal to the volume, L is equal to the length, and W is equal to the width.
BALB/c Syngeneic Mouse Models
[00310] Alternatively, BALB/c syngeneic mouse models can also be utilized to assess tumor growth and inhibition thereof by the antibodies or described herein as exemplified by, for example, Tsujie et al, Int. J. Oncology, 29: 1087-1094 (2006).
Mice
[00311] Another assay measures angiogenesis in a chimeric mouse:human mouse model and is referred to as the chimeric mouse assay. The assay has been described in detail by others, and further has been described herein to measure angiogenesis, neovascularization, and regression of tumor tissues. See Yan, et al. (1993) J. Clin. Invest. 91 :986-996.
[00312] The chimeric mouse assay is a useful assay model for in vivo angiogenesis because the transplanted skin grafts closely resemble normal human skin histologically and
neovascularization of whole tissue is occurring wherein actual human blood vessels are growing from the grafted human skin into the human tumor tissue on the surface of the grafted human skin. The origin of the neovascularization into the human graft can be demonstrated by immunohistochemical staining of the neovasculature with human-specific endothelial cell markers.
[00313] The chimeric mouse assay demonstrates regression of neovascularization based on both the amount and extent of regression of new vessel growth. Furthermore, it is easy to monitor effects on the growth of any tissue transplanted upon the grafted skin, such as a tumor tissue. Finally, the assay is useful because there is an internal control for toxicity in the assay system. The chimeric mouse is exposed to any test reagent, and therefore the health of the mouse is an indication of toxicity. Other animal models described herein and known in the art can also be utilized in the methods described herein.
Rabbit Eye Assay
[00314] Another measure of angiogenesis is an in vivo rabbit eye model and is referred to as the rabbit eye assay. The rabbit eye assay has been described in detail by others, and has been used to measure both angiogenesis and neovascularization in the presence of angiogenic inhibitors as exemplified by D'Amato et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91(9): 4082- 4085.
[00315] The rabbit eye assay is a recognized assay model for in vivo angiogenesis because the neovascularization process, exemplified by rabbit blood vessels growing from the rim of the cornea into the cornea, is easily visualized through the naturally transparent cornea of the eye. Additionally, both the extent and the amount of stimulation or inhibition of neovascularization or regression of neovascularization can easily be monitored over time.
[00316] Finally, the rabbit is exposed to any test reagent, and therefore the health of the rabbit is an indication of toxicity of the test reagent.
[00317] Briefly, chicken chorioallantoic membrane (CAM) assays are performed and the effects on the developing vasculature are recorded at 48 hours after implantation of a 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose pellet containing one or more control or test compounds. Corneal neovascularization is induced by an implanted pellet of poly(hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (Hydron; Interferon Sciences, New Brunswick, NJ) containing 650 ng of the potent angiogenic protein basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) bound to sucralfate (sucrose aluminum sulfate; Bukh Meditec, Copenhagen). The addition of sucralfate to the pellet protects the bFGF from degradation and provides for its slow release, thus producing consistent aggressive angiogenesis that is more pronounced than that induced by bFGF / Hydron alone. Release of bFGF from pellets containing sucralfate/Hydron can be detected in vitro for up to 4 days after the pellets are formed compared to just 1 day for pellets with Hydron alone. Pellets are made by mixing 110 μΐ of saline containing 12 μg of recombinant bFGF (Takeda, Osaka) with 40 mg of sucralfate; this suspension is added to 80 μΐ of 12% (wt/vol) Hydron in ethanol. Aliquots (10 μΐ) of this mixture are then pipetted onto Teflon pegs and allowed to dry producing approximately 17 pellets.
[00318] A pellet is implanted into corneal micropockets of each eye of an anesthetized female New Zealand White rabbit, 2 mm from the limbus, followed by a single topical application of erythromycin ointment on the surface of the cornea. Histologic examination on consecutive days demonstrates progressive blood vessel growth into the cornea toward the pellet with only rare inflammatory cells seen. This angiogenic response is not altered by severe immune suppression with total body irradiation, and pellets with sucralfate alone do not induce angiogenesis. New vessels are primarily induced by the bFGF rather than by inflammation. The animals are fed daily from 2 days after implantation by gastric lavage with one or more compounds suspended in 0.5% carboxymethylcellulose or vehicle alone. Immunosuppressed animals receive total body radiation of 6 Gy for 6 minutes immediately prior to implantation of the pellets. This dose of radiation results in a marked leukocytopenia with >80% reduction in the leukocyte count by day 2 and >90%> reduction by day 3, results that are consistent with previous reports.
[00319] Animals are examined with a slit lamp every other day in a masked manner by the same corneal specialist (M.S.L.). The area of corneal neovascularization is determined by measuring with a reticule the vessel length (L) from the limbus and the number of clock hours (C) of limbus involved. A formula is used to determine the area of a circular band segment: C/12 x 3.1416 [r 2 - (r - L) 2 ], where r = 6 mm, the measured radius of the rabbit cornea. The uniform contiguous band of neovascularization adjacent to the pellet is measured, thus, the total inhibition of neovascularization can be assessed.
Mouse Matrigel Pug Angiogenesis Assays
[00320] To confirm the effects of a formulation on angiogenesis, a mouse Matrigel plug angiogenesis assay can be used. Various growth factors (e.g., IGF-1, bFGF or VEGF) (250 ng) and Heparin (0.0025 units per/mL) are mixed with growth factor reduced Matrigel as previously described (Montesano, et al, J. Cell Biol. 1983, 97: 1648-1652; Stefansson, et ah, J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 276:8135-8141). Formulations described herein or control antibodies can be included in the Matrigel preparations utilizing one or more dosage groups of animals. In control experiments, Matrigel is prepared in the absence of growth factors. Mice are injected subcutaneously with 0.5 mL of the Matrigel preparation and allowed to incubate for one week. Following the incubation period, the mice are sacrificed and the polymerized Matrigel plugs surgically removed. Angiogenesis within the Matrigel plugs is quantified by two established methods, including immunohistochemical analysis and hemoglobin content (Furstenberger, et al, Lancet. 2002, 3:298-302; Volpert, et al, Cancer Cell 2002, 2(6):473-83; and Su, et al, Cancer Res. 2003, 63:3585-3592). For immunohistochemical analysis, the Matrigel plugs are embedded in OCT, snap frozen and 4 μιη sections prepared. Frozen sections are fixed in methanol/acetone (1 :1). Frozen sections are stained with polyclonal antibody directed to CD31. Angiogenesis is quantified by microvascular density counts within 20 high powered (200X) microscopic fields.
[00321] Hemoglobin content can be quantified as described previously (Schnaper, et al., J. Cell Physiol. 1993, 256:235-246; Montesano, et al, J. Cell Biol. 1983, 97: 1648-1652; Stefansson, et al, J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 276:8135-8141; and Gigli, et al, J. Immunol. 1986, 100: 1154-1164). The Matrigel implants are snap frozen on dry ice and lyophilized overnight. The dried implants are resuspended in 0.4 mL of 1.0% saponin (Calbiochem) for one hour, and disrupted by vigorous pipetting. The preparations are centrifuged at 14,000 X g for 15 minutes to remove any particulates. The concentration of hemoglobin in the supernatant is then determined directly by measuring the absorbency at 405 nm and compared to a standard concentration of purified hemoglobin.
Methods of Assaying Cell Migration
[00322] Assays for cell migration have been described in the literature, e.g., by Brooks, et al, J. Clin. Invest 1997, 99: 1390-1398 and methods for measuring cell migration are known to those of skill in the art. In one method for measuring cell migration described herein, membranes from transwell migration chambers are coated with substrate (here, CD 105 and/or VEGF), the transwells washed, and non-specific binding sites blocked with BSA. Tumor cells from sub- confluent cultures are harvested, washed, and resuspended in migration buffer in the presence or absence of assay antibodies. After the tumor cells are allowed to migrate to the underside of the coated transwell membranes, the cells remaining on the top-side of the membrane are removed and cells that migrate to the under-side are stained with crystal violet. Cell migration is then quantified by direct cell counts per microscopic field.
Methods of Assaying Cell Proliferation
[00323] Cell proliferation can be assayed by methods known to those of skill in the art. As described herein, sub-confluent human endothelial cells (HUVECs) can be resuspended in proliferation buffer containing low (5.0%) serum in the presence or absence of CM (25 μί) from ECV or ECVL cells, and endothelial cells allowed to proliferate for 24 hours. Proliferation can be quantified by measuring mitochondrial dehydrogenase activity using a commercially available WST-1 assay kit (Chemicon). Also, as described herein, proliferation can be quantified by measuring H incorporation using standard methods. (She et al., Int. J. Cancer, 108: 251-257 (2004)).
[00324] Other methods of assessing cell proliferation are known in the art and are contemplated herein. Further non-limiting examples are described in more detail in the examples.
Methods of Inducing CDC, ADCC and Opsonization
[00325] Various therapies have been directed to augmenting the body's natural immune response to transformed cells. Conventional effector methods include complement dependent cytolysis ("CDC"), antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity ("ADCC") and phagocytosis (clearance by reticuloendothelial system after the target cell is coated with immunoglobulin). It is known that in the presence of antibodies, certain effector cells, such as lymphoid cells having surface bound receptors for the Fc regions of antibodies, mediate an antibody dependent cellular cytoxicity ("ADCC") reaction against target cells. By means of ADCC, these effector cells exert cytolytic activity against such target cells.
[00326] Two types of ADCC reactions have been demonstrated in vitro. In classical ADCC reactions, effector cells attach to antibody-coated target cells and subsequently cause cytolysis of the target cells (A. H. Greenberg et al., "Characteristics Of The Effector Cells Mediating Cytotoxicity Against Antibody-Coated Target Cells," Immunology, 21, p. 719 (1975)). This attachment between effector and target cell results from the interaction of the Fc region of the antibody coating the target cell and the Fc receptor of the effector cell. One disadvantage of this type of ADCC reaction is that it may be hampered by circulating antigen-antibody complexes, often associated with various diseases, which compete with the target-cell bound antibody for the Fc receptors of the effector cells (I. C. M. MacLennan, "Competition For Receptors For Immunoglobulin On Cytotoxic Lymphocytes," Clin. Exp. Immunol., 10, p. 275 (1972)). Due to this drawback of classical ADCC, a second type of ADCC reaction - antibody-directed ADCC - can be utilized. In antibody-directed ADCC, the target-specific antibody is first attached to the effector cell and the resulting complex is then "directed," via the antibody, to its specific antigen on the target cell surface. Advantageously, antibody-directed ADCC may not be affected by the presence of antigen-antibody complexes circulating in the host system. The interaction between antibodies and effector cells via Fc region/Fc receptor attachment is normally weak. And, in some instances, antibodies do not remain associated with effector cells for a period of time sufficient to permit lysis of target cells. In view of this potential problem, antibodies have been attached to the effector cells using pre -treatment with polyethylene glycol and a mixture of phthalate oils (J. F. Jones and D. M. Segal, "J. Immunol, 125, pp. 926-33 (1980)). The applicability of this method for in vivo treatments, however, may be diminished by the toxic effects that any polyethylene glycol and phthalate oil residues on the antibody-effector cell complex may have on the body.
[00327] Alternatively, a method has been proposed for enhancing antibody-directed ADCC by adjuvant chemotherapy with cytotoxic drugs (I. R. Mackay et al., Cancer Immunol.
Immunother., 16, pp. 98-100 (1983)). Assays for testing for ADCC are well-known in the art, such as for example, US Patent No. 5,756,097.
[00328] Accordingly, the present embodiments provide antibodies that can bind to cells having a role in neovascularization or angiogenesis of that can enhance phagocytosis and killing of the cells and thereby enhance protection in vivo. Also provided are other antibodies and functional fragments thereof that immunoreact, specifically bind to, or preferentially bind to a binding site or epitope to which such antibodies can bind and which have the same effect.
[00329] The antibodies can also be opsonic, or exhibit opsonic activity, for cells having a role in neovascularization or angiogenesis (e.g., endothelial cells). As those in the art recognize, "opsonic activity" refers to the ability of an opsonin (generally either an antibody or the serum factor C3b) to bind to an antigen or cell receptor to promote attachment of the antigen or cell receptor to a phagocyte and thereby enhance phagocytosis. Certain cells become extremely attractive to phagocytes such as neutrophils and macrophages when coated with an opsonic antibody and their rate of clearance from the bloodstream is strikingly enhanced. Opsonic activity may be measured in any conventional manner as described, for example, in US Patent No. 6,610,293.
[00330] In another non-limiting embodiment, a patient having a neovascular disorder or an angiogenesis dependent disorder sheds antigens/peptides (e.g., CD105) from the angiogenesis. These antigens/peptides can be "tumor associated antigens." Such patients can be systemically administered an antibody to the antigen/peptide (e.g., CD 105) and can initiate any of the pathways described herein to induce CDC, ADCC, opsonization, or any other form of cell- mediated killing.
Additional Assays
[00331] Other assays known in the art can also be used to test the effect of the formulations described herein such as, for example, those described in the examples below.
EXAMPLES
[00332] The application may be better understood by reference to the following non-limiting examples, which are provided as exemplary embodiments of the application. The following examples are presented in order to more fully illustrate exemplary embodiments and should in no way be construed, however, as limiting the broad scope of the application. While certain embodiments of the present application have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions may occur; it should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments described herein may be employed in practicing the methods described herein.
EXAMPLE 1: Exemplary Dosage Schedules for Administration
[00333] Optimal dosage schedules of administration of antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof described herein can be determined using art-recognized methods and as described above.
[00334] In one non-limiting embodiment, the antibodies described herein can be administered to a subject over various time frames. The dose(s) of an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof can be administered twice a week, weekly, every two weeks, every three weeks, every 4 weeks, every 6 weeks, every 8 weeks, every 12 weeks, or any combination of weeks therein. Dosing cycles are also contemplated such as, for example, administering antibodies once or twice a week for 4 weeks, followed by two weeks without therapy. Additional dosing cycles including, for example, different combinations of the doses and weekly cycles described herein are also contemplated herein.
EXAMPLE 2: BIAcore (Surface Plasmon Resonance: SPR) Analysis
[00335] Affinity of antibodies can be assessed using, for example, BIAcore analysis using standard protocols. Briefly, anti-histidine tag antibody is coupled to a BIAcore chip for the capture of His-tagged recombinant human CD 105 which will in turn be used to measure the binding of an anti-CD 105 antibody. Development of the SPR assay is performed in a minimum of 2 chip preparation batches plus 8 analytical batches. The following parameters are assessed in the development of the assay:
(a) Coupling of anti-his antibody to CM5 chips
[00336] An anti-his tag antibody is coupled to a BIAcore CM5 chip by conventional amine chemistry using EDC/NHS. The reaction conditions (concentration and pH) will be optimized
(b) Binding of human CD 105 and regeneration of Biosensor Chip
[00337] Conditions are tested for binding of human CD 105 and regenerating the chip using various buffers (based on previous experience) to elute the bound antibody. Once a candidate method for regeneration has been developed, the binding capacity and background of a single chip surface are measured over at least 25 cycles. The target is to obtain on average an increase in background < 10 RU per cycle and decrease in capacity < 1 % per cycle. (c) Binding of human CD 105
[00338] The dose response of human CD 105 is measured in order to determine a suitable concentration to approach maximal binding.
(d) Binding of anti-CD 105 antibody
[00339] The dose response of anti-CD 105 antibody is measured in order to determine a suitable range for kinetic or equilibrium binding experiments (which can include comparison of relative kinetic constants, ka and kd or a comparison of relative potency by the parallel line method).
(e) Pre-validation experiments
[00340] The binding experiments is repeated at least three times under the chosen conditions using different chips, different flow cells and on different occasions in order to obtain preliminary information about the precision and accuracy of the measurements. All BIAcore experiments are carried out at 25° C in HBS-EP running buffer.
EXAMPLE 3: ELISA for Anti-CD105 Antibody Binding
[00341] An ELISA can be used to assay binding of anti-CD 105 antibodies to CD 105. Briefly, an ELISA is performed according to the following steps:
1. Coat a plate with MAB9811-01 (monoclonal anti-CD 105 antibody) at 1500 ng/ml in PBS, 100 μΐ/well. Cover the plate with a sealer and incubate overnight (16-24 hours) at 4°C.
2. Wash the plate 2X with 200 μΐ of PBS (without Tween).
3. Wash the plate 3X with PBS containing Tween (PBS-T).
4. Add 100 μΐ/well of CD 105 at 100 ng/ml in PBS-T with 0.1% BSA and incubate 60 minutes at room temperature.
5. Wash the plate 3X with PBS-T.
5. In test wells: add 100 μΐ/well of anti-CD 105 antibodies at 20, 10, 4, 2, 1, 0.5 and 0.2 ng/ml (diluted in PBS-T with 0.1% BSA) and incubate 60 minutes at room temperature. In negative control wells: add 100 μΐ/well of isotype matched control antibody.
7. Wash the plate 3X with PBS-T.
8. Add 100 μΐ/well of Goat anti-Human IgG conjugated to HRP, diluted 1 : 10000 in PBS-T with 0.1% BSA to all wells; incubate 30-60 minutes at room temperature.
9. Wash the plate 5X with PBS-T.
10. Add 100 μΐ/well of TMB substrate solution and incubate uncovered in the dark for 15 minutes.
11. Stop the reaction by addition of 100 μΐ/well of TMB Stop Solution. [00342] Samples are run in triplicate and the optical density is read to construct a standard curve and determine the binding constant. Statistical analysis is conducted using the Student's t- test or another standard test.
[00343] One would understand that a similar protocol can be used to test for binding of antibodies to VEGF.
EXAMPLE 4: Antibody Avidity and Number of Available Epitopes on CD105-Expressing Cells.
[00344] Antibody avidity and number of available epitopes on CD 105 -expressing cells can be assessed utilizing Scatchard plot analyses using standard protocols.
[00345] Briefly, Scatchard plot analyses of direct binding of radiolabeled anti-CD 105 antibodies to CD 105 -expressing KM-3 leukemia cells and sub-confluent proliferating HUVECs
125 are carried out. The purified anti-CD 105 antibodies are individually radiolabeled with I using Iodo-Gen and according to standard methods known to those skilled in the art. The radiolabeled anti-CD 105 antibodies are assayed for the iodine atoms per IgG molecule on the average,
125 respectively. Titration experiments are carried out using a fixed amount (0.1 μg) of each I- labeled mAb and 2-fold serial increments of CD105-expressing KM-3 or HUVEC cells to determine antigen-binding activity. Analysis of Scatchard plot of binding data is carried out according to known methods. An equilibrium constant and an average maximal number of mAb bound/cell are estimated by this analysis.
EXAMPLE 5: Western Blots Assay for Blocking Activity
[00346] The ability of anti-CD 105 antibodies to block CD 105 stimulated activation of cells that express CD 105 can be assayed via western blots to detect the phosphorylation of the proteins involved in the CD 105 signaling pathway.
[00347] Western blot analyses are performed to identify phosphorylated Smadl/5/8 or Smad2 as according to known western blotting techniques. PSmadl and PSmad2 antibodies specifically recognize phosphorylated Smadl/5 or phosphorylated Smad2 in non-transfected endothelial cells. Primary antibodies against Smadl, Smad2, Smad5, Idl (Santa Cruz) and CD105 are utilized to detect molecules in samples. Detection is performed by enhanced
chemo luminescence (ECL).
EXAMPLE 6: Inhibition of HUVEC growth and 3H- thymidine incorporation assay
[00348] A number of assays are available to assess inhibition of cell growth.
[00349] In one example, HUVECs are cultured in 75-cm flasks (Falcon, Becton-Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in a C02 incubator at 37° C under sub-confluent conditions. Cells are detached by incubating with Hanks' balanced salt solution with 15 mM EDTA in 25 mM HEPES buffer, pH 7.3, at 37° C for 15 min. After washing twice with ice-cold PBS, cells are re- suspended in endothelial cell growth medium at a concentration of 25,000 cells/ml.
[00350] In additional experiments, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECs) are suspended and cultured in an endothelial cell growth medium free of FBS and bovine brain extracts. A 200 μΐ aliquot of cell suspension is seeded to each well of 96-well culture plates. Cells are cultured at 37° C in a C02 incubator overnight before anti-CD 105 antibodies, anti- VEGF antibodies, a combination of anti-CD 105 antibodies and anti-VEGF antibodies, control IgG or TGF-βΙ are added in triplicate. Culture plates are kept in the incubator for 72 hr, during which fresh media and antibodies or controls are replaced every 24 hr. H-thymidine (1 μθ) is added into each well and the plates are incubated for 20 hr. Cells are washed with PBS followed by treatment with 100 μΐ/ well trypsin-EDTA (0.05% trypsin, 0.53 mM EDTA) at 37° C for 15 min. Cells are harvested onto glass fiber filters (Wallac Printed FiltermatA) using Harvester 96
(TOMTEC, Hamden, CT) and H-radioactivity is determined in a Trilux 1540 MicroBeta Liquid Scintillation and Luminescence Counter (Wallac, Turku, Finland).
EXAMPLE 7: Assay for Inhibition of Cell Migration
[00351] Migration (chemokinesis) as a measure of cell proliferation and activation is measured using a Boyden chamber.
[00352] Briefly, cell migration is assessed as follows: a Costar nucleopore filter (8 mm pore) is coated with fibronectin overnight at 4° C. The chamber is washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and the lower chamber was filled with DMEM with or without serum and with or without TGF-P3. Cells are trypsinized and suspended at a final concentration of 50,000 cells/ml in DMEM in the presence of a control antibody, an anti-CD 105 antibody, an anti-VEGF antibody or a combination thereof. A 150 μΐ aliquot of the cell suspension is added to the upper chamber and incubated at 37° C. After 16 hrs, the cells are washed and the upper surface is wiped to remove the non-migrating cells. The membranes are fixed in methanol, washed with water, stained and the numbers of cells present on the lower surface are counted.
EXAMPLE 8: ADCC Assay
[00353] The antibodies described herein can be assessed with respect to their ability to generate IL-2 activated natural killer (NK) cells and to induce ADCC using, for example, the following protocols.
NK Isolation and Generation of IL-2 Activated NK Cells
[00354] PBMC are isolated and allowed to rest for 24 hrs at 4° C in RPMI with 10% FBS. PBMC are then placed in RPMI with 2% FBS (Total Volume = 50 mL), and 10 mL of the cell suspension are plated in a petri dish. PBMC are incubated for 2 hrs at 37° C and the non- adherent cells are collected. NK cells are cultured at 8 X 106/mL with 1000 U/mL IL-2 for 48 hrs, followed by normal culturing for 5-8 days before using in an assay.
Natural Cytotoxicity and ADCC Assays
[00355] NK cells are scraped from the culture and collected in a 50 mL conical tube. Cells are washed once with RPMI Complete and Spun at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes. NK cells are then re- suspended in 5 mL RPMI Complete media and counted. Prior to performing the assay, the NK cell count is normalized to a effector: target ratio of 10:1. Normalized NK cells are plated and 10 μΐ, of anti-CD 105 antibodies added into designated wells and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. Control samples include untreated or control-antibody treated cell populations.
[00356] Target cells of interest are collected (HUVEC cells), washed, spun at 1200 rpm for 10 minutes, and re-suspended in 5 mL RPMI Complete media. Target cells are washed again and re-suspended in Serum Free RPMI to a final concentration of 1 x 106 cells/mL. Target cells are then labeled with a final concentration of 5 μg/mL Calcein AM for 1 hr at 37° C, followed by a two washes with RPMI Complete. Target cells are then re-suspended and added to the NK cell wells. The target cell/NK cell combination is incubated at 37° C for 4 hours. After incubation, the plates are spun at 1200 rpm for 5 minutes, and the cells are washed and re-suspended in DPBS. The fluorescence is read using Excitation/Emission of 450/530 nm and the emission is a measure of the cell killing mediated by the antibodies.
EXAMPLE 9: Stability assessment of TRC105 (an anti-CD105 antibody) formulations
[00357] The present inventors identified formulations that provided adequate stability for concentration higher than 5 mg/ml of TRC105. Initial studies showed that TRC105 could be concentrated to at least 25 mg/ml without any apparent solubility issues. Therefore, 25 mg/ml TRC105 was selected as the initial concentration for screening studies. During the course of these studies, formulations as high as 50 mg/ml TRC105 were evaluated. Additional formulations with concentrations of 7 mg/ml TRC105 and 100 mg/ml TRC105 were also evaluated.
PROCEDURES
Ultraviolet (UV) Absorbance Spectroscopy.
[00358] UV spectroscopy was used to determine protein concentration in various stability samples. The absorbance at 280 nm of bulk substance (7.0 mg/mL) was determined to be 1.13 using a 1 mm pathlength cell, leading to an extinction coefficient of 1.61 mL/mg*cm. This value was used for all calculations in this project. Further measurements were performed using a 0.0096 cm cell, which was more suited for high concentration samples. Incubation of TRC105 Thermal Stability Samples.
[00359] Each thermal stability formulation was passed through a 0.22 micron Millex filter with a Luer lock syringe attachment and then ali quoted into 1 mL lyophilization vials. Each vial was sealed with a butyl stopper and crimped with an aluminum cap. Samples were placed at the indicated temperature in stability chambers and removed after the indicated incubation period, in weeks.
Freeze-Thaw and Agitation of TRC105.
[00360] Freeze-thaw (F/T) samples were frozen for 25 minutes, then thawed for 25 minutes either zero, 3 or 5 times. All freezing was performed at -80°C. Thawed samples were examined for complete thawing before returning to freezer. Each freeze-thaw sample contained 100 of solution and was stored in 0.5 mL Eppendorf tubes. Each sample contained 0.1% F68, 0.005% Tween 80, or no surfactant.
[00361] Agitation study samples were prepared at 350 mL per vial, and were labeled as either quiescent or shaken. All samples were moved to a cold room at 4°C. Samples labeled as shaken were placed on an orbital shaker operating at 150 RPM. Quiescent samples were placed on the shelf next to the orbital shaker. Each sample contained 0.1% F68, 0.005% Tween 80, or no surfactant. Samples were incubated for 24 hours at the indicated conditions.
Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC).
[00362] A mobile phase was prepared containing 0.2 M sodium phosphate monobasic and adjusted to pH 7.0 using 1.0 M sodium hydroxide. A TSK Gel G3000 PWxl column (7.8 mm x 30 cm, 7 μιη particles # P0047-02PN) was used for all separations. A flow rate of 1 mL/min was used, and the detection wavelength was set to 280 nm. Injection volume was 2 for 25 mg/mL samples, and 1 μΐ^ for 50 mg/mL samples. Buffer blanks were run before each triplicate sample analysis, and these chromatograms were subtracted appropriately. All integration of peaks was performed in Chromeleon 6.08.
Capillary IEF (cIEF).
[00363] The capillary isoelectric focusing (cIEF) analysis was conducted as described in the PA 800 plus Application Guide published by Beckman Coulter. A more detailed description can be found in Mack et al. {Electrophoresis 2009, 30 (23), 4049-4058). All analyses were conducted using a Beckman Coulter P/ACE™ MDQ system (Beckman Coulter, Inc.; Brea, CA) operated at ambient temperature with a 30 cm total length (20 cm effective) neutral capillary (50 μιη i.d.). The neutral capillary was prepared by immobilizing poly(acrylamide) to the capillary wall using a method described Gao et al. (Anal Chem 2004, 76 (24), 7179-7186). All of the cIEF samples were prepared by mixing the protein of interest at 0.25 mg/mL with a mixture of 3M urea-cIEF gel containing ampholyte, cathodic stabilizer, anodic stabilizer, and pi markers. Sample was pressure injected at 9.5 psi into the capillary for 4.1 min, after which time it was focused by applying a voltage of 25 kV for 15 min between anolyte and catholyte. This step was followed by chemical mobilization at 30 kV for 30 min between anolyte and chemical mobilizer. The pi markers and the protein of interest were detected with absorbance at 280 nm during the mobilization step. The pi of the protein was calculated from the resultant regression equation of pi vs. first peak moment obtained from the pi standards.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Study 1
[00364] Samples of TRC105 were successfully concentrated to concentrations higher than 5 mg/mL. As a result, Study 1 was conducted using a protein concentration of 25 mg/mL. Samples were stored for two weeks at 40°C. Fifteen formulations were prepared focusing on the effects of pH and buffer composition (Table 2). The primary analytical method used to evaluate the stability of these samples was SEC. After storage for two weeks at 40°C, very little change was seen by SEC, either in monomer content or the amount of high molecular weight aggregate (Table 3). All of the formulations still contained more than 99% monomer after storage.
Table 2. Composition of the TRC105 formulation evaluated in Study 1
Figure imgf000077_0001
Table 3. Summary of monomer and aggregate levels as measured by SEC for formulations from Study 1 at initial and two week (t2) time points
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00365] TRC 105 was found to be very stable.
Study 2
[00366] With the results from Study 1 in hand, a new study was designed. In Study 2, the pH ranged from 4.0 to 5.5, with acetate, histidine, and citrate were evaluated. The tonicity modifiers/stabilizers selected were sorbitol and trehalose. Finally, in addition to formulations at 25 mg/ml, three formulations at 50 mg/ml were examined.
Table 4. Composition of the TRC105 formulation evaluated in Study 2
Figure imgf000078_0002
Formulation PH Protein His citrate acetate sorbitol trehalose Number Mg/ml (m\l) (m\l) (m\l)
F06 4.0 25 0 0 10 0 0
F07 5.5 25 20 0 0 240 0
F08 5.5 25 20 0 0 0 240
F09 4.0 25 0 0 20 240 0
F10 4.0 25 0 0 20 0 240
Fl l 5.5 25 0 10 0 240 0
F12 5.5 25 0 10 0 0 240
F13 5.5 25 10 0 0 240 0
F14 5.5 25 10 0 0 0 240
F15 4.0 50 0 0 10 0 0
F16 5.0 50 0 0 20 0 0
F17 5.5 50 20 0 0 240 0
[00367] Given the stability of TRC105, these sample were stored for four weeks at 40°C in order to try to distinguish formulations to a greater degree. The primary screening tool was SEC.
Table 5. Summary of monomer and aggregate levels as measured by SEC for formulations from Study 1 at initial and week four time points
Figure imgf000079_0001
initial initial four weeks four weeks
Formulation
PH buffer % % monomer % % monomer Number
aggregates aggregates
F13 5.5 His 0.19 99.81 0.15 99.85
F14 5.5 His 0.27 99.73 0.16 99.84
F15 4.0 acetate 0.17 99.83 0.16 99.84
F16 5.0 acetate 0.19 99.81 0.85 99.15
F17 5.5 His 0.24 99.76 0.26 99.74
[00368] Similar to what was seen in Study 1 , the monomer content of nearly all of the formulations is above 99.5%, even after one month at 40° C (Table 5). One sample seems to show an increased level of aggregation and this was F16; this sample was not retested to see if this was a real result. The indication is that pH 4 in acetate of pH 5.5 in histidine appears to provide adequate and comparable stability. Given concerns of citrate and irritation, it was removed from further consideration.
[00369] These samples were also analyzed using capillary isoelectric focusing (cIEF). The overall center of cIEF electropherogram was calculated as the first moment. These values can be considered to be the average pi values of the sample (Table 6).
Table 6. Average pi value for TRC formulations from Study 2 at initial and four weeks' time points
Figure imgf000080_0001
Form No PH buffer Initial 4 weeks
F14 5.5 His 8.95 8.92
F15 4.0 acetate 8.90 8.87
F16 5.0 acetate 8.90 8.86
F17 5.5 His 8.95 8.93
[00370] Overall, the change in pi value for any of the formulations is small, suggesting that deamidation, that is, hydrolysis of Asn side chains to form charged Asp products, is relatively slow (Table 6). Thus, these formulations of TRC105 appear to be physically stable (i.e., little or no aggregation) and chemically stable (i.e., no fragmentation and little or no deamidation).
[00371] The other concern was whether these higher concentration formulations displayed adverse viscosity, thereby limiting their clinical utilization.
Table 7. Dynamic viscosity of TRC105 in acetate and histidine buffers at ~25 and ~ 50 mg/ml
Figure imgf000081_0001
[00372] Even at 50 mg/ml, TRC105 exhibits a viscosity of less than 2 cSt, well below any value that would cause concern for limiting handling and administration (See, Table 7).
Agitation Study
[00373] While thermal stress is useful for distinguishing formulations of differing stability, it is not the only stress a protein may encounter. Interfacial damage of proteins is common and the sensitivity to interfacial stress must be evaluated. This was done using agitation and repeated freeze-thaw (F/T) cycling.
Table 8. Monomer content by SEC for TRC105 formulations that were agitated for 24 hours at 150 rpm and matching quiescent samples. All samples were held at 4° C
Figure imgf000081_0002
Formulation Surfactant protein Monomer (Q) Monomer (S) H 5, 20 mM acetate None 50 99.82 99.83
F68 50 99.82 99.82
PS80 50 99.81 99.83 pH 5.5, 20 mM His None 25 99.75 99.76
F68 25 99.74 99.76
PS80 25 99.76 99.77 pH 5.5, 20 mM His None 50 99.77 99.75
F68 50 99.76 99.75
PS80 50 99.76 99.77
[00374] There is no appreciable loss of monomer upon agitation, with all formulations exhibiting greater than 99.7% monomer and no significant difference from the quiescent control (Table 8). Adding a surfactant, like Pluronic F-68 or polysorbate 80, does not seem to help or hurt the stability upon agitation.
F/T Study
[00375] The second study examining the sensitivity of TRC105 to interfacial stress involved exposure to repeated freeze-thaw cycles. Not only does this provide information on damage at interfaces (like the ice-water interface), it provides essential information on whether TRC105 samples can be frozen for subsequent analysis or during shipping.
Table 9. Monomer content by SEC for TRC105 formulations subjected to 0, 3 and 5 F/T cycles.
Figure imgf000082_0001
Protein
Formulation Surfactant 0 cycles 3 cycles 5 cycles
Mg/ml
PS80 50 99.75 99.79 99.73
[00376] There is virtually no change in the monomer content upon repeated F/T cycling (Table 9). Surprisingly, adding a surfactant, like Pluronic F-68 or polysorbate 80, did not alter stability upon repeated F/T cycling. Together with the agitation data, there is no indication that TRC105 is surface active to the extent that interfacial damage is a concern. Thus, a surfactant is not needed for a liquid formulation.
SUMMARY
[00377] Formulation screening studies were performed on TRC105 at protein concentrations up to 50 mg/ml. This protein is quite stable, showing only small decreases in monomer content by SEC, even after storage at 40°C for four weeks. No fragmentation was seen at all by SEC.
Meanwhile, cIEF analysis showed that only small changes in the overall pi were observed, suggesting that deamidation was minimal across the pH range in question (4.0 to 5.5). There was no evidence for sensitivity to interfacial damage, indicating that a surfactant was not needed in a liquid formulation of TRC105.
[00378] The lead formulations employed acetate buffer at pH 4.0 or histidine buffer at pH 5.5, along with sorbitol or trehalose as a tonicity modifier and stabilizer.
EXAMPLE 10: Long term stability assessment of TRC105 formulations
[00379] A long term stability assessment was performed to verify the results in Study 1 and
Study 2. Samples of the formulations presented in Table 10 were stored at 5°C and 25°C. Table 10: Formulations for verification study
Figure imgf000083_0001
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
[00380] Seven test formulations were evaluated over the course of one year at 5 °C and 6 months at 25 °C. At 5 °C, all of the formulations performed well. The visual appearances for all samples at all time points in this study were clear and colorless. In general, the pH values remained constant across all of the new formulations for the duration of the study (See Tables 11 and 12). Values were slightly higher than the targets by 0.1 to 0.2 units, but remained stable. Concentration values for new formulations determined by UV remained constant within ~3-4 % of the original target values, regardless of the concentration (See Tables 11 and 12). These values did not significantly change over the course of study. There was minimal monomer loss by SEC at 5 °C (See Table 13), and minimal amounts of chemical degradation by cIEF (See Tables 15 and 16). While there was some variability in the CD 105 Binding ELISA results, with the exception of the initial results for F05, all values were within the acceptance criterion of 50% to 150% compared to that of a reference standard, which is consistent with the stage of development of the ELISA assay (See Table 17). The results for CE-SDS testing indicated that the samples were comparable to reference material at 5 °C over the course of one year (data not shown).
[00381] While samples stored at 5°C were essentially unchanged, formulation parameters did have an effect on the stability of 25 °C samples. Most notably, formulations containing the acetate buffer system (F03, F05, F07) displayed greater decreases in percent monomer than those containing histidine buffer (F01, F02, F04, and F06) (See Table 14). Meanwhile, changes in protein concentration appear to have little or no effect. The two 100 mg/mL formulations (F06, F07) are comparable to their 50 mg/mL counterparts (F04, F05) in terms of their SEC profiles and cIEF profiles.
Table 11. pH and UV concentrations in mg/mL at 5 °C
Figure imgf000084_0001
Table 12. pH and UV concentrations in mg/mL at 25 °C
Figure imgf000085_0001
Table 13. Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC) at 5 °C
Figure imgf000085_0002
Table 14. Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC) at 25 °C
Figure imgf000085_0003
Table 15: cIEF- Average pi at 5 °C
Figure imgf000086_0001
Table 16: cIEF- Average pi at 25 °C
Figure imgf000086_0002
EXAMPLE 11: Long term stability assessment of a 4 mg/mL TRC105 formulation
[00382] Stability studies were performed on TRC105 formulated at 4 mg/mL in 17 mM phosphate buffer with 145 mM sodium chloride at pH 7.2 (Lot FIN-0536) . Thirty- six months of stability data are available at the recommended storage condition (2 - 8 °C) and one month of data are available at the accelerated condition of 25 °C/60% RH. The stability data is presented in the Tables below. No significant changes were observed for any of the tests performed.
Consequently, these studies indicate that TRC105 formulated at 4 mg/mL in 17 mM phosphate buffer with 145 mM sodium chloride at pH 7.2 is stable for at least 36 months when stored at 2 - 8 °C.
Table 18: Stability Data for TRC105 Stored at the Recommended Storage Condition of 2
Figure imgf000087_0001
Table 18 continued
Figure imgf000087_0002
particulates present present present
present
SDS-PAGE Compares to Compares to Compares to Compares to Non-Reduced reference reference reference reference
SDS-PAGE 97% 96% 97% 96%
Reduced
IEF Compares to Compares to Compares to Compares to reference reference reference reference
SEC-HPLC 96.32 % 96.86 % 96.60 % 94.04%
CD 105 Binding Binding activity Binding activity Binding activity Binding by ELISA is 88% relative is 136%) relative is 88%o relative activity is to reference to reference to reference 105% relative standard standard standard to reference standard
UV Absorbance 4.2 mg/mL 4.2 mg/mL 4.2 mg/mL 4.2 mg/mL
(A280)
pH 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.3
Sterility Not tested Pass Not tested Pass
Table 19: Stability Data for Lot FIN-0536 Stored at the Accelerated Storage Condition of 25 °C/ 60% RH
Figure imgf000088_0001
The analytical procedure for SEC-HPLC and UV is the same as that described in Example 9. The analytical procedure for CD 105 Binding ELISA is the same as that described in Example 3. The analytical procedures for SDS-PAGE Non-Reduced, SDS-PAGE Reduced, and IEF are described below.
SDS-Page of Non-Reduced Proteins and Peptides, Coomassie Stain
[00383] Identity and purity are evaluated using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis analysis. Proteins are separated under denaturing conditions. Pre-cast 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-containing gels are used. SDS is an anionic detergent, which interacts with proteins to form negatively charged complexes. These complexes migrate through polyacrylamide gels according to their size such that smaller proteins migrate faster than larger proteins. Standards, controls, and test articles are denatured and loaded onto the gel. Following the completion of the run, gels are stained with Coomassie Blue. Gels are scanned using an imaging densitometer.
[00384] The relative quantity of each stained band is determined by densitometry for each test article lane. These quantities are expressed as a percentage of the total band quantity obtained for that lane. The molecular weight (kDa) values of the test article bands are determined based on comparison to the molecular weight markers.
SDS-Page of Reduced Proteins, Coomassie Stain
[00385] The SDS-PAGE method for reduced proteins is the same as described in Section 1.3.2 (above) for non-reduced samples, with the addition of a reducing step (to cleave the inter- and intra-molecular disulfide bonds to liberate protein subunits as well as other aggregates). To reduce proteins, dithiothreitol (50 mM) is added to samples and references prior to heating at 85 °C for five minutes. Antioxidant is added to the running buffer when reduced proteins are run.
Horizontal Isoelectric Focusing (IEF)
[00386] The varying charge on proteins under an applied electric force is exploited to separate proteins. A pH gradient is established between a cathode and an anode, with the cathode at the higher pH value. Since proteins have amphoteric properties, they will possess a positively charged value below their pi and a negatively charged value above their pi. Under the influence of an electrical force a pH gradient is established and the proteins will migrate and focus at their isoelectric point. The procedure involves the use of isoelectric focusing of protein samples using pre-cast gels in a horizontal format. Following electrophoresis, the gels are Coomassie- stained. The area of each band is determined by densitometry for each sample lane. The area of the bands is calculated as a percentage of the total band area. The pi and Rf values are also determined for each band. EXAMPLE 12: Clinical Trial for Colorectal Cancer
[00387] This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with colorectal cancer. Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group. The trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg or placebo every two weeks for 6-10 cycles. Chemotherapy may be used in all groups. A VEGF inhibitor may be used in all groups. The time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months - about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study.
Additional outcome measures are as follows:
[00388] Primary outcome measure: overall response rate. One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase overall response rate from treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the control IgG.
[00389] Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events. For example, a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement. Alternately, or in addition, other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
EXAMPLE 13: Clinical Trial for Kidney Cancer
[00390] This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with renal cell cancer (kidney cancer). Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 - about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group and about 50 - about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group. The trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 - about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks for 3-6 cycles or until progression. Interferon may also be used in both treatment arms. A VEGF inhibitor may be used in both treatment arms. The time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months - about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study. Additional outcome measures are as follows:
[00391] Primary outcome measure: progression-free survival. One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase in progression free survival following treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the placebo. [00392] Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events. For example, a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement. Alternately, or in addition, other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
EXAMPLE 14: Clinical Trial for Hepatocellular Cancer
[00393] This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with hepatocellular cancer (liver cancer). Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group. A VEGF inhibitor may be used in both groups. The trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks or until progression. The time frame of the study is estimated at about 6 months to about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study.
Additional outcome measures are as follows:
[00394] Primary Outcome Measures: Progression-free survival. One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase in progression free survival following treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the placebo.
[00395] Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events. For example, a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement. Alternately, or in addition, other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
EXAMPLE 15: Clinical Trial for Ovarian Cancer
[00396] This example describes a randomized, blinded, placebo-controlled, multicenter, Phase II study designed to provide a preliminary assessment of the safety and efficacy of anti-CD 105 antibody in patients with ovarian cancer. Approximately about 100 to about 800 patients are enrolled, with about 50 to about 400 patients being assigned to a treatment group from about 50 to about 400 patients assigned to a placebo group. The trial will consist of the administration of intravenous repeating doses of anti-CD 105 antibody at about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg or placebo every one to three weeks for 5 cycles. Chemotherapy may also be used in both treatment arms. A VEGF inhibitor may be used in both treatment arms. The time frame of the study is estimated at 6 months to about 5 years, with continued therapy for responders as indicated at the end of the initial study. Additional outcome measures are as follows:
[00397] Primary Outcome Measure: Progression-free survival. One goal of the study is to demonstrate an increase in progression free survival following treatment with anti-CD 105 antibody as compared to the placebo.
[00398] Secondary outcome measures that can be assessed include duration of response, time to tumor progression, overall survival, serious and non-serious adverse events. For example, a treatment may prevent progression of the disease (i.e., stasis) or may result in an improvement. Alternately, or in addition, other goals can be measured with respect to one or more of the following: decreased tumor burden, decreased neovascularization, reduced side effects, decreased adverse reactions, and/or increased patient compliance.
EXAMPLE 16: Treatment of Age-Related Macular Degeneration
First Study
[00399] Patients manifesting age-related macular degeneration are treated with an intravitreal injection of anti-CD 105 antibody or control antibody to reduce or prevent the development of neovascularization, macular disease, and retinal damage.
[00400] As the first step of treatment, the patients are to receive a full ophthalmic examination to establish a baseline of ocular health. The ophthalmic examination includes indirect ophthalmoscopy, slit-lamp biomicroscopy, peripheral retinal examination, intraocular pressure measurements, visual acuity (unaided and best corrected) symptomatology, fundus photography, fluorescein angiography, optical coherence tomography, electroretinography and A-scan measurements.
[00401] Following the preliminary examination, an intravitreal injection as described above is given to a patient's affected eye manifesting AMD. If both eyes are affected, they may be treated separately. The eye to be treated is injected with an ophthalmic solution.
[00402] After treatment, the patients' eyes are to be examined on days one (1), two (2), seven (7), fifteen (15), thirty (30) and sixty (60) and every month thereafter for 2 years. Because of the possibility of reoccurrence, the patients should return for periodic examinations on a monthly basis thereafter. On each examination day the patient is monitored for vitreous liquefaction. Additionally, the patients are monitored for posterior vitreous detachments using indirect ophthalmoscopy with scleral depression. Finally, the extent of AMD presented by the patients is continuously monitored through periodic retinal examinations, optical coherence tomography and fluorescein angiograms to monitor for the presence of subretinal fluid, blood, exudates, RPE detachment, cystic retinal changes, or the presence of grayish green subretinal neovascular membrane. Additional treatments may be required if indicia of reoccurring neovascularization are observed. Additional treatments may be given on weekly or monthly basis. In a preferred embodiment, an initial treatment is followed by subsequent treatments between 1 to 6 months apart.
Second Study
[00403] Purpose: To demonstrate the efficacy of intravitreal anti-CD 105 antibodies for treatment of neovascular age-related macular degeneration (AMD). A VEGF inhibitor may be used in all patients.
[00404] Methods: Fifty to 500 patients (50 to 500 eyes) with subfoveal choroidal
neovascularization (CNV) resulting from AMD will participated in the study at an approved site.
[00405] The criteria for reinjection are presence of fluid in the macula, increased central retinal thickness (CRT) of at least 100 micron, loss of at least 5 letters of vision associated with increased fluid in the macula, new classic CNV, or new macular hemorrhage. The main outcome measure is the proportion of eyes losing fewer than 15 letters of vision after 12 months. Best- corrected visual acuity measurement and clinical ocular examination are performed at 1 week, 1 month and then monthly for 5-12 months.
[00406] Mean visual acuity and mean CRT are measured compared to baseline. Ocular and/or systemic side effects are noted.
EXAMPLE 17: Humanized-deimmunized antibody sequences
[00407] An isolated humanized, de-immunized anti-CD 105 antibody can comprise a heavy chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11 and a light chain variable region having the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12.
[00408] SEQ ID NO: 11: Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Gly Glu Ala Arg Ser Lys Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
[00409] SEQ ID NO: 12: Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00410] Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized heavy chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 13, 14, 15 and 16. [00411] SEQ ID NO: 13: Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Ala Glu He Arg Ser Lys Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
[00412] SEQ ID NO: 14: Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Gly Glu He Arg Ser Gin Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
[00413] SEQ ID NO: 15: Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Gly Glu He Arg Ser Arg Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
[00414] SEQ ID NO: 16: Glu Val Gin Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Gly
Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Asp Ala Trp Met Asp Trp Val Arg Gin Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Ser Glu He Arg Ser Lys Ala Ser Asn His Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Glu Ser Val Lys Gly Arg Phe Thr He Ser Arg Asp Asp Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gin Met Asn Ser Leu Lys Thr Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Thr Arg Trp Arg Arg Phe Phe Asp Ser Trp Gly Gin Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
[00415] Other non-limiting examples of humanized-deimmunized light chains include, but are not limited to, SEQ ID NOS: 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23.
[00416] SEQ ID NO: 17: Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00417] SEQ ID NO: 18: Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00418] SEQ ID NO: 19: Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00419] SEQ ID NO: 20: Asp He Gin Leu Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00420] SEQ ID NO: 21: Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00421] SEQ ID NO: 22: Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Ala Thr He Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp He Tyr Ala Ser Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00422] SEQ ID NO: 23: Asp He Gin Met Thr Gin Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly Asp Arg Val Thr He Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Ser Ser Val Ser Tyr Met His Trp Tyr Gin Gin Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Pro Trp Ala Tyr Ala Thr Ser Asn Leu Ala Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Tyr Thr Leu Thr He Ser Ser Leu Gin Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gin Gin Trp Ser Ser Asn Pro Leu Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Val Glu He Lys
[00423] Aspects of the embodiments described herein may be embodied in other forms or carried out in other ways without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The present disclosure is therefore to be considered as in all aspects illustrated and not restrictive, and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalency are intended to be embraced therein.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS :
1. A formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti- CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
2. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody is present as a monomer following storage at about 2 to 8° C for at least 12 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
3. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody is present as a monomer following storage at about 25° C for at least 6 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
4. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein at least 90% of the anti-CD 105 antibody is present as a monomer following storage at about 25° C for at least 6 months as measured by size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
5. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein said buffering agent is histidine or phosphate buffered saline.
6. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein the buffering agent is acetate and the pH is about 4.
7. The formulation of claim 1 wherein the buffering agent is histidine and the pH is about 5.5.
8. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein the anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, displays about 50 to 150% binding by a CD 105 ELISA binding assay after storage at about 2 to 8 °C for at least 12 months.
9. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein the average isoelectric point (pi) of the anti- CD105 antibody is from about 8.7 to about 9.2 after storage at 2 to 8° C for at least 12 months, as measured by capillary electrophoresis-isoelectric focusing.
10. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1 ; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
1 1. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
12. The formulation of claim 1, comprising about 25 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
13. The formulation of claim 1, comprising about 50 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
14. The formulation of claim 1, comprising about 100 mg/ml of the anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
15. The formulation of claim 1, wherein said buffering agent is histidine or acetate.
16. The formulation of claim 15, comprising about 20 mM histidine or acetate.
17. The formulation of claim 1, wherein said formulation is formulated for intravitreal or intravenous administration.
18. The formulation of claim 1, further comprising an acceptable carrier or excipient.
19. The formulation of claim 18, wherein said carrier or excipient is a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
20. The formulation of claim 1, which is isotonic or hypertonic.
21. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein the polyol is less than 300 mM and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt.
22. The formulation of claim 1, wherein at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody is present as monomer as measured by SEC following freezing and thawing cycles of the formulation.
23. The formulation of claim 1, wherein at least 95% of the anti-CD 105 antibody is present as monomer as measured by SEC when subjected to agitation stress.
24. The formulation of claim 1 , wherein the polyol is a sugar.
25. The formulation of claim 24, wherein said sugar is a non-reducing sugar.
26. The formulation of claim 25, wherein the non-reducing sugar is trehalose or
27. The formulation of claim 26, comprising about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose.
28. The formulation of claim 24, wherein the sugar is sorbitol.
29. The formulation of claim 28, comprising about 240 mM sorbitol.
30. The formulation of claim 1 , further comprising a surfactant.
31. The formulation of claim 30, wherein the surfactant is polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 or Pluronic® F68.
32. A pre-filled syringe suitable for intravenous or intravitreal administration comprising the formulation of any of the preceding claims.
33. A method of treating an angiogenesis-related disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein said anti-CD105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDRl having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
36. The method of claim 33, comprising about 25 mg/ml anti-CD105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
37. The method of claim 33, comprising about 50 mg/ml anti-CD105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
38. The method of claim 33, comprising about 100 mg/ml anti-CD 105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
39. The method of claim 33, wherein said formulation comprises less than 300 mM polyol and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt.
40. The method of claim 33, wherein said buffering agent is histidine or acetate.
41. The method of claim 40, comprising about 20 mM histidine or acetate.
42. The method of claim 33, wherein the polyol is a sugar.
43. The method of claim 42, wherein the sugar is a non-reducing sugar.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the non-reducing sugar is trehalose or sucrose.
45. The method of claim 44, comprising about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose.
46. The method of claim 42, wherein the sugar is sorbitol.
47. The method of claim 46, comprising about 240 mM sorbitol.
48. The method of claim 33, wherein said formulation is administered intravitreally or intravenously.
49. The method of claim 33, further comprising a surfactant.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the surfactant is polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 or Pluronic® F68.
51. The method of claim 33, wherein the angiogenesis-related disease is a cancer, or a metastasis.
52. The method of claim 51 , wherein the cancer is a solid tumor.
53. The method of claim 51 , wherein the cancer is an epithelial based tumor.
54. The method of claim 51 , wherein the cancer is a lung cancer, a gynecologic malignancy, a melanoma, a breast cancer, a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a uterine cancer, a colorectal cancer, a prostate cancer, a kidney cancer, a head cancer, a pancreatic cancer, a liver cancer (hepatocellular cancer), a uterine cancer, a neck cancer, a kidney cancer (renal cell cancer), a sarcoma, a myeloma, a brain cancer, or a lymphoma.
55. The method of claim 33, wherein said angiogenesis-related disease is an ophthalmologic condition.
56. The method of claim 55, wherein the ophthalmologic condition is age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, or choroidal neovascularization.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein said age related macular degeneration (AMD) is wet AMD or dry AMD.
58. The method of claim 33, wherein said formulation is administered to said patient one or more times.
59. The method of claim 33, wherein said formulation is administered once per day, once per week, once per month, once bi-monthly, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every 5 months, or once every 6 months.
60. The method of claim 33, wherein said formulation is administered until one or more signs or symptoms of said angiogenesis-related disease are reduced.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
62. The method of claim 60, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95 -fold, about 100-fold or more.
63. The method of claim 60, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
64. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment results in improving the patient's condition and can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
65. The method of claim 33, wherein treatment results in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
66. A method of treating an ophthalmologic condition in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5, and optionally a surfactant, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said ophthalmologic condition are ameliorated.
67. The method of claim 66, wherein the ophthalmologic condition is age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, or choroidal neovascularization.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein said age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is wet AMD or dry AMD.
69. The method of claim 66, wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1 ; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
70. The method of claim 66, wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
71. The method of claim 66, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are shrinking blood vessels, inhibiting endothelial cell proliferation associated with ocular disease, clearing signs or symptoms of bleeding, treating cloudy vision, providing stasis of vision loss, improving vision, and/or preventing leakage of blood vessels.
72. The method of claim 66, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
73. The method of claim 66, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95 -fold, about 100-fold or more.
74. The method of claim 66, wherein said formulation comprises less than 300 mM polyol and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt.
75. A method of preventing or treating a cancer or metastasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to said patient a formulation comprising from about 1 mg/ml to about 150 mg/ml of an anti-CD 105 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, up to about 100 mM buffering agent, up to about 1 M polyol, and a pH of about 4.0 to about 7.5, whereby one or more signs or symptoms of said cancer or metastasis are ameliorated.
76. The method of claim 75, wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1 ; a light chain constant region (CL) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2; a heavy chain variable region (VH) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3; and a constant region (Fc) having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4.
77. The method of claim 75, wherein said anti-CD 105 antibody comprises a VL CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5; a VL CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6; a VL CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7; a VH CDR1 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8; a VH CDR2 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9; and a VH CDR3 having an amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10.
78. The method of claim 75, wherein administration of the formulation prolongs the life of the subject.
79. The method of claim 75, wherein said cancer is a primary tumor or a metastatic tumor.
80. The method of claim 75, wherein said cancer is a solid tumor.
81. The method of claim 80, wherein said solid tumor is of a tissue or organ selected from among skin, melanoma, lung, pancreas, breast, ovary, colon, rectum, stomach, thyroid, laryngeal, ovarian, prostate, colorectal, head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, chest, bone, testicular, lymphoid, marrow, bone, sarcoma, renal, sweat gland, liver, kidney, brain (e.g.
glioblastoma multiforme, glioma), and the like.
82. The method of claim 81 , wherein said solid tumor is a colon tumor, a breast tumor, a kidney tumor, a lung tumor, a prostate tumor, an ovarian tumor, or a metastasis of any of such tumors.
83. The method of claim 75, wherein treatment results in improving the subject's condition and can be assessed by determining if one or more of the following factors has occurred: decreased cell proliferation, decreased numbers of cells, increased apoptosis, or decreased survival of at least a portion of the cells comprising the cell proliferative disorder.
84. The method of claim 75, wherein treatment results in partial or total elimination of a tumor or metastases and/or prolongation of survival of the patient.
85. The method of claim 75, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
86. The method of claim 75, wherein said one or more signs or symptoms are reduced in severity or duration by about 2-fold, about 5-fold, about 10-fold, about 15-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 90-fold, about 95 -fold, about 100-fold or more.
87. The method of claim 75, comprising about 25 mg/ml anti-CD105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
88. The method of claim 75, comprising about 50 mg/ml anti-CD105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
89. The method of claim 75, comprising about 100 mg/ml anti-CD105 antibody or, antigen-binding fragment thereof.
90. The method of claim 75, wherein said buffering agent is histidine or acetate.
91. The method of claim 90, comprising about 20 mM histidine or acetate.
92. The method of claim 75, wherein the polyol is a sugar.
93. The method of claim 92, wherein said sugar is a non-reducing sugar.
94. The method of claim 93, wherein the non-reducing sugar is trehalose or sucrose.
95. The method of claim 94, comprising about 240 mM trehalose or sucrose.
96. The method of claim 92, wherein said sugar is sorbitol.
97. The method of claim 96, comprising about 240 mM sorbitol.
98. The method of claim 75, wherein said formulation comprises less than 300 mM polyol and the formulation is made isotonic with a salt.
99. The method of claim 75, further comprising a surfactant.
100. The method of claim 99, wherein the surfactant is polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80 or Pluronic® F68.
101. The method of claim 75, wherein said formulation is administered intravenously.
102. A formulation comprising any one of the formulations 1-39 of Table 1.
103. A pre-filled syringe comprising a formulation of claim 102.
104. Use of a formulation of claim 102 for the treatment of an angiogenesis-related disease.
105. Use of a formulation of claim 102 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an angiogenesis-related disease.
PCT/US2013/058265 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof WO2014039682A1 (en)

Priority Applications (19)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
UAA201501709A UA115789C2 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-05-09 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
BR112015004875A BR112015004875A2 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 antibody formulations and their uses
MX2015002840A MX368996B (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof.
AU2013312536A AU2013312536B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
CN201380046405.2A CN104684580A (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
SG11201501659SA SG11201501659SA (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
US14/421,108 US10195281B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
JP2015531196A JP2015532657A (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody preparation and use thereof
EA201590412A EA029214B1 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
EP13834890.9A EP2892559A4 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
KR1020187001035A KR20180007014A (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
KR1020157008487A KR101820582B1 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
NZ705109A NZ705109A (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
CA2883343A CA2883343A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
IL237287A IL237287A0 (en) 2012-09-05 2015-02-17 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
PH12015500480A PH12015500480B1 (en) 2012-09-05 2015-03-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
HK15111622.6A HK1210714A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2015-11-26 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
AU2018204044A AU2018204044A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2018-06-07 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
US16/034,658 US20180311359A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2018-07-13 Antibody Formulations and Uses Thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261697111P 2012-09-05 2012-09-05
US61/697,111 2012-09-05

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/421,108 A-371-Of-International US10195281B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof
US16/034,658 Continuation US20180311359A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2018-07-13 Antibody Formulations and Uses Thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014039682A1 true WO2014039682A1 (en) 2014-03-13

Family

ID=50237600

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2013/058265 WO2014039682A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2013-09-05 Antibody formulations and uses thereof

Country Status (19)

Country Link
US (2) US10195281B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2892559A4 (en)
JP (3) JP2015532657A (en)
KR (2) KR101820582B1 (en)
CN (2) CN108785669A (en)
AU (2) AU2013312536B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112015004875A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2883343A1 (en)
EA (1) EA029214B1 (en)
GE (1) GEP201706789B (en)
HK (1) HK1210714A1 (en)
IL (1) IL237287A0 (en)
MX (1) MX368996B (en)
MY (1) MY180157A (en)
NZ (1) NZ705109A (en)
PH (1) PH12015500480B1 (en)
SG (2) SG10201705070PA (en)
UA (1) UA115789C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014039682A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9278085B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-03-08 Edison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Side-chain variants of redox-active therapeutics for treatment of mitochondrial diseases and other conditions and modulation of energy biomarkers
WO2016077451A1 (en) * 2014-11-12 2016-05-19 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
US9926375B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2018-03-27 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
US9944714B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2018-04-17 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Endoglin antibodies
US10195281B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2019-02-05 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibody formulations and uses thereof
WO2019099921A3 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-06-27 Amgen Inc. Vegfr-fc fusion protein formulations
US11021424B2 (en) 2005-06-01 2021-06-01 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Redox-active therapeutics for treatment of mitochondrial diseases and other conditions and modulation of energy biomarkers
US11883432B2 (en) 2020-12-18 2024-01-30 Century Therapeutics, Inc. Chimeric antigen receptor system with adaptable receptor specificity

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10703701B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2020-07-07 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, phenoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, and amine 1,4-benzoquinone derivatives for treatment of oxidative stress disorders
CN106928359B (en) * 2015-12-30 2020-10-13 广西医科大学 CD105 nano antibody Nb59
CN106928355B (en) * 2015-12-30 2020-09-29 广西医科大学 CD105 nano antibody Nb184
CN106478820A (en) * 2016-10-10 2017-03-08 米度（南京）生物技术有限公司 A kind of liver cancer PET diagnosis tracer and preparation method thereof and purposes
CA3090840A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Genmab A/S Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific antibodies directed against cd3 and cd20 and their uses
BR112021015034A2 (en) 2019-02-18 2021-10-05 Eli Lilly And Company THERAPEUTIC ANTIBODY FORMULATION
CN112717129A (en) * 2019-10-14 2021-04-30 百奥泰生物制药股份有限公司 anti-VEGF antibody formulations
CN116437956A (en) 2020-09-10 2023-07-14 健玛保 Bispecific antibodies against CD3 and CD20 for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia
WO2024163905A1 (en) 2023-02-03 2024-08-08 Genzyme Corporation Hsc-specific antibody conjugated lipid nanoparticles and uses thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010032059A2 (en) * 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 Medimmune Llc Targeted binding agents directed to cd105 and uses thereof
WO2010039873A2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-08 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Humanized endoglin antibodies
WO2011022339A1 (en) * 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents
WO2011041441A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-07 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Endoglin antibodies

Family Cites Families (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US928641A (en) 1908-10-09 1909-07-20 Levi E Edmunds Clasp for pilings.
US4957939A (en) 1981-07-24 1990-09-18 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Sterile pharmaceutical compositions of gadolinium chelates useful enhancing NMR imaging
US4472509A (en) 1982-06-07 1984-09-18 Gansow Otto A Metal chelate conjugated monoclonal antibodies
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US5308626A (en) 1985-06-28 1994-05-03 Toni N. Mariani Lymphokine activated effector cells for antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) treatment of cancer and other diseases
US4938948A (en) 1985-10-07 1990-07-03 Cetus Corporation Method for imaging breast tumors using labeled monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US4868103A (en) 1986-02-19 1989-09-19 Enzo Biochem, Inc. Analyte detection by means of energy transfer
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
DE3920358A1 (en) 1989-06-22 1991-01-17 Behringwerke Ag BISPECIFIC AND OLIGO-SPECIFIC, MONO- AND OLIGOVALENT ANTI-BODY CONSTRUCTS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
GB9022788D0 (en) 1990-10-19 1990-12-05 Cortecs Ltd Pharmaceutical formulations
WO1992022653A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
EP0617706B1 (en) 1991-11-25 2001-10-17 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
EP0552108B1 (en) 1992-01-17 1999-11-10 Lakowicz, Joseph R. Energy transfer phase-modulation fluoro-immunoassay
US5965132A (en) 1992-03-05 1999-10-12 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions for targeting the vasculature of solid tumors
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US6096289A (en) 1992-05-06 2000-08-01 Immunomedics, Inc. Intraoperative, intravascular, and endoscopic tumor and lesion detection, biopsy and therapy
US6096871A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-08-01 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptides altered to contain an epitope from the Fc region of an IgG molecule for increased half-life
US6267958B1 (en) * 1995-07-27 2001-07-31 Genentech, Inc. Protein formulation
US20020136725A1 (en) 1996-01-17 2002-09-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Antithrombotic agents
US6107090A (en) 1996-05-06 2000-08-22 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Treatment and diagnosis of prostate cancer with antibodies to extracellur PSMA domains
ES2169864T3 (en) 1996-05-31 2002-07-16 Health Research Inc ANTI-ENDOGLINE MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND ITS USE IN ANTI-ANGIOGENESIS THERAPY.
US6190660B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2001-02-20 Health Research, Inc. Anti-endoglin monoclonal antibodies and their use in antiangiogenic therapy
US5796097A (en) 1997-03-05 1998-08-18 California Lightwave Laboratories, Inc. Chemical sensor and method
DK0999853T3 (en) * 1997-06-13 2003-04-22 Genentech Inc Stabilized antibody formulation
US6610293B1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-08-26 The Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine Opsonic and protective monoclonal and chimeric antibodies specific for lipoteichoic acid of gram positive bacteria
EP1140840B1 (en) 1999-01-13 2006-03-22 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp. -g(v)-carboxyaryl substituted diphenyl ureas as raf kinase inhibitors
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
US6635677B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2003-10-21 Case Western Reserve University Methoxyamine combinations in the treatment of cancer
ATE336514T1 (en) 2000-02-11 2006-09-15 Merck Patent Gmbh INCREASE THE CIRCULATION HALF-LIFE OF ANTIBODIES-BASED FUSION PROTEINS
DE10013850A1 (en) * 2000-03-15 2001-09-20 Schering Ag Gas-filled microcapsules, useful for ultrasonic diagnosis, are prepared from functionalized poly(alkyl cyanoacrylate), allowing attachment of e.g. specific-binding agents
US6875432B2 (en) 2000-10-12 2005-04-05 Genentech, Inc. Reduced-viscosity concentrated protein formulations
US20030133939A1 (en) 2001-01-17 2003-07-17 Genecraft, Inc. Binding domain-immunoglobulin fusion proteins
WO2002069232A2 (en) 2001-02-19 2002-09-06 Merck Patent Gmbh Method for identification of t-cell epitopes and use for preparing molecules with reeduced immunogenicity
AU2002233343A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-09-24 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Human transient receptor potential channel protein.
US20050089932A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-04-28 Avidia Research Institute Novel proteins with targeted binding
ATE472609T1 (en) 2001-04-26 2010-07-15 Amgen Mountain View Inc COMBINATORIAL LIBRARIES OF MONOMER DOMAIN
US20030003048A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2003-01-02 Chun Li Diagnostic imaging compositions, their methods of synthesis and use
US20040175756A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2004-09-09 Avidia Research Institute Methods for using combinatorial libraries of monomer domains
US20050053973A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-03-10 Avidia Research Institute Novel proteins with targeted binding
US20050048512A1 (en) 2001-04-26 2005-03-03 Avidia Research Institute Combinatorial libraries of monomer domains
JP2005538706A (en) 2001-07-12 2005-12-22 ジェファーソン フーテ， Super humanized antibody
US7371849B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2008-05-13 Institute For Antibodies Co., Ltd. Methods of constructing camel antibody libraries
US20030124132A1 (en) 2001-09-27 2003-07-03 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Combined compositions for tumor vasculature coaguligand treatment
US7115716B2 (en) 2001-11-19 2006-10-03 Eli Lilly And Company Tumor specific monoclonal antibodies
AU2003211991B2 (en) * 2002-02-14 2008-08-21 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Antibody-containing solution formulations
MXPA04009681A (en) 2002-04-05 2005-01-11 Amgen Inc Human anti-opgl neutralizing antibodies as selective opgl pathway inhibitors.
US20040033228A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2004-02-19 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US7754884B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2010-07-13 Vanderbilt University Targeted, NIR imaging agents for therapy efficacy monitoring, deep tissue disease demarcation and deep tissue imaging
US7217798B2 (en) 2003-10-15 2007-05-15 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of Fc-fusion protein serum half-lives by mutagenesis
US7097836B1 (en) 2002-10-23 2006-08-29 Health Research, Inc. Method for increasing the efficacy of anti-tumor agents by anti-endoglin antibody
US7691374B2 (en) 2002-10-23 2010-04-06 Health Research, Inc. Method for increasing the efficacy of anti-tumor agents by anti-endoglin antibody
DE10303664A1 (en) 2003-01-23 2004-08-12 Nemod Immuntherapie Ag Detection molecules for the treatment and detection of tumors
US7120987B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2006-10-17 Avery Dennison Corporation Method of making RFID device
EP1675878A2 (en) 2003-10-24 2006-07-05 Avidia, Inc. Ldl receptor class a and egf domain monomers and multimers
JO3000B1 (en) 2004-10-20 2016-09-05 Genentech Inc Antibody Formulations.
TW200720439A (en) 2005-03-25 2007-06-01 Glycart Biotechnology Ag Antigen binding molecules directed to mcsp and having increased fc receptor binding affinity and effector function
PT1861116E (en) 2005-03-25 2015-11-04 Regeneron Pharma Vegf antagonist formulations
US8003108B2 (en) 2005-05-03 2011-08-23 Amgen Inc. Sclerostin epitopes
CA2625815A1 (en) 2005-09-12 2007-03-22 Novimmune S.A. Anti-cd3 antibody formulations
WO2007041643A1 (en) 2005-10-03 2007-04-12 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Dietary calcium for reducing the production of reactive oxygen species
US8053569B2 (en) 2005-10-07 2011-11-08 Armagen Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acids encoding and methods of producing fusion proteins
CN101478949A (en) 2006-06-16 2009-07-08 瑞泽恩制药公司 VEGF antagonist formulations suitable for intravitreal administration
US20100129379A1 (en) * 2006-09-25 2010-05-27 John Carpenter Stabilized antibody formulations and uses thereof
US8007797B2 (en) 2006-09-28 2011-08-30 Merck Serono S.A. Junctional adhesion molecule-C (JAM-C) binding compounds and methods of their use
EP2081553B1 (en) 2006-10-06 2020-08-12 Amgen Inc. Stable antibody formulations
EP2094247B1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2022-06-29 Amgen Inc. Stable polypeptide formulations
JP2010518013A (en) 2007-02-01 2010-05-27 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Method of combination therapy comprising an angiogenesis inhibitor
CA2689913C (en) 2007-06-06 2014-10-07 Research Development Foundation Rtef-1 variants and the use thereof for inhibition of angiogenesis
WO2009026122A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2009-02-26 Amgen Inc. Formulations of antibodies and fc-fusion molecules using polycations
WO2009033581A1 (en) 2007-09-14 2009-03-19 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted tricyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
TWI468417B (en) 2007-11-30 2015-01-11 Genentech Inc Anti-vegf antibodies
WO2009091810A1 (en) 2008-01-14 2009-07-23 Genentech, Inc. Methods for inhibiting angiogenesis using egfl8 antagonists
PT2350005E (en) 2008-08-29 2012-03-12 Bayer Pharma AG N-(2-aminophenyl)-4-[n-(pyridine-3-yl)-methoxycarbonyl-aminomethyl]-benzamide (ms-275)polymorph b
US8699361B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2014-04-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Out-of-synchronization handling method and apparatus
EP2196476A1 (en) 2008-12-10 2010-06-16 Novartis Ag Antibody formulation
RU2011140498A (en) 2009-03-06 2013-04-20 Дженентек, Инк. PREPARATION ANTIBODIES
US20180057602A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2018-03-01 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents
US8754195B2 (en) * 2010-07-02 2014-06-17 Medimmune, Llc Antibody formulations
AU2012245439B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2017-04-06 Acceleron Pharma, Inc. Endoglin polypeptides and uses thereof
ES2714373T3 (en) 2011-08-01 2019-05-28 Tufts Medical Ct Inc Endogline specific antibody for use in a method of treatment of heart failure and related conditions
UA115789C2 (en) 2012-09-05 2017-12-26 Трейкон Фармасутікалз, Інк. Antibody formulations and uses thereof
US10214590B2 (en) 2013-09-20 2019-02-26 Tufts Medical Center, Inc. Inhibitors of endoglin activity for the treatment of fibrosis
US9926375B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2018-03-27 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
JP2017537084A (en) 2014-11-12 2017-12-14 トラコン ファーマシューティカルズ、インコーポレイテッド Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010032059A2 (en) * 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 Medimmune Llc Targeted binding agents directed to cd105 and uses thereof
WO2010039873A2 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-08 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Humanized endoglin antibodies
WO2011022339A1 (en) * 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents
WO2011041441A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-07 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Endoglin antibodies

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LOWE D. ET AL.: "Aggregation, Stability and Formulation of Human Antibody Therapeutics", ADVANCES IN PROTEIN CHEMISTRY AND STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY, vol. 84, 2011, pages 41 - 61, XP009157088 *
See also references of EP2892559A4 *

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11021424B2 (en) 2005-06-01 2021-06-01 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Redox-active therapeutics for treatment of mitochondrial diseases and other conditions and modulation of energy biomarkers
US9278085B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-03-08 Edison Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Side-chain variants of redox-active therapeutics for treatment of mitochondrial diseases and other conditions and modulation of energy biomarkers
US9932286B2 (en) 2006-02-22 2018-04-03 Bioelectron Technology Corporation Side-chain variants of redox-active therapeutics for treatment of mitochondrial diseases and other conditions and modulation of energy biomarkers
US9944714B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2018-04-17 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Endoglin antibodies
US10195281B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2019-02-05 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibody formulations and uses thereof
US10155820B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2018-12-18 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
US9926375B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2018-03-27 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
US10336831B2 (en) 2014-11-12 2019-07-02 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of anti-endoglin antibodies for treating ocular fibrosis
WO2016077451A1 (en) * 2014-11-12 2016-05-19 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-endoglin antibodies and uses thereof
WO2019099921A3 (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-06-27 Amgen Inc. Vegfr-fc fusion protein formulations
JP2021503485A (en) * 2017-11-17 2021-02-12 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド VEGFR-Fc fusion protein preparation
JP7536640B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2024-08-20 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド VEGFR-Fc fusion protein preparation
US11883432B2 (en) 2020-12-18 2024-01-30 Century Therapeutics, Inc. Chimeric antigen receptor system with adaptable receptor specificity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
GEP201706789B (en) 2017-12-11
KR20180007014A (en) 2018-01-19
US20150209430A1 (en) 2015-07-30
EP2892559A1 (en) 2015-07-15
KR20150048877A (en) 2015-05-07
PH12015500480A1 (en) 2015-04-27
HK1210714A1 (en) 2016-05-06
SG10201705070PA (en) 2017-07-28
JP2019059753A (en) 2019-04-18
NZ705109A (en) 2018-04-27
UA115789C2 (en) 2017-12-26
PH12015500480B1 (en) 2015-04-27
EA201590412A1 (en) 2015-08-31
EA029214B1 (en) 2018-02-28
AU2013312536A1 (en) 2015-03-05
JP2015532657A (en) 2015-11-12
JP2018076350A (en) 2018-05-17
CN104684580A (en) 2015-06-03
US10195281B2 (en) 2019-02-05
SG11201501659SA (en) 2015-04-29
EP2892559A4 (en) 2016-05-11
KR101820582B1 (en) 2018-01-22
CN108785669A (en) 2018-11-13
MX368996B (en) 2019-10-23
IL237287A0 (en) 2015-04-30
JP6445671B2 (en) 2018-12-26
AU2013312536B2 (en) 2018-04-19
AU2018204044A1 (en) 2018-06-28
MX2015002840A (en) 2015-08-12
BR112015004875A2 (en) 2017-11-21
MY180157A (en) 2020-11-23
JP6602446B2 (en) 2019-11-06
US20180311359A1 (en) 2018-11-01
CA2883343A1 (en) 2014-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20180311359A1 (en) Antibody Formulations and Uses Thereof
US20200087389A1 (en) Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents
JP5960203B2 (en) Endoglin antibody
US20180057602A1 (en) Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13834890

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14421108

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 237287

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2883343

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015531196

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/002840

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013312536

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130905

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12015500480

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13760

Country of ref document: GE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201590412

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201501859

Country of ref document: ID

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013834890

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157008487

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A201501709

Country of ref document: UA

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015004875

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015004875

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150305